1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114   case tok::kw___auto_type:
115     return true;
116 
117   case tok::annot_typename:
118   case tok::kw_char16_t:
119   case tok::kw_char32_t:
120   case tok::kw_typeof:
121   case tok::annot_decltype:
122   case tok::kw_decltype:
123     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
124 
125   default:
126     break;
127   }
128 
129   return false;
130 }
131 
132 namespace {
133 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
134   NotFound,
135   FoundNonType,
136   FoundType
137 };
138 } // namespace
139 
140 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
141 /// dependent class.
142 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
143 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
144 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
145 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
146                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
147                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
148   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
149     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
150   // Look for type decls in base classes.
151   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
152       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
153   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
154     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
155     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
156       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
157     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
158       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
159       // templates.
160       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
161         continue;
162       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
163       if (!TD)
164         continue;
165       auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
166           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
167       if (!BasePrimaryTemplate)
168         continue;
169       BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
170     }
171     if (BaseRD) {
172       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
173         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
174           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
175         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
176       }
177       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
178         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
179         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
180           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
181         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
182           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
183           break;
184         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
185           break;
186         }
187       }
188     }
189   }
190 
191   return FoundTypeDecl;
192 }
193 
194 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
195                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
196                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
197   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
198   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
199   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
200       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
201   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
202        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
203        DC = DC->getParent()) {
204     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
205     // templates.
206     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
207     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
208       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
209   }
210   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
211     return ParsedType();
212 
213   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
214   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
215   // lookup during template instantiation.
216   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
217 
218   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
219   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
220                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
221   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
222 
223   CXXScopeSpec SS;
224   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
225 
226   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
227   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
228   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
229   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
230   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
231   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
232 }
233 
234 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
235 /// return the declaration of that type.
236 ///
237 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
238 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
239 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
240 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
241 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
242 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
243                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
244                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
245                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
246                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
247                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
248                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
249   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
250   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
251   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
252     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
253     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
254       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
255   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
256     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
257 
258     if (!LookupCtx) {
259       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
260         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
261         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
262         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
263         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
264         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
265         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
266         //
267         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
268         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
269         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
270           return ParsedType();
271 
272         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
273         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
274         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
275           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
276 
277         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
278         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
279                                        II, NameLoc);
280         return ParsedType::make(T);
281       }
282 
283       return ParsedType();
284     }
285 
286     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
287         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
288       return ParsedType();
289   }
290 
291   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
292   // lookup for class-names.
293   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
294                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
295   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
296   if (LookupCtx) {
297     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
298     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
299     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
300     // nested-name-specifier.
301     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
302 
303     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
304       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
305       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
306       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
307       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
308       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
309       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
310       LookupName(Result, S);
311     }
312   } else {
313     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
314     LookupName(Result, S);
315 
316     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
317     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
318     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
319       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
320               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
321         return TypeInBase;
322     }
323   }
324 
325   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
326   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
327   case LookupResult::NotFound:
328   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
329     if (CorrectedII) {
330       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(
331           Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
332           llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName),
333           CTK_ErrorRecovery);
334       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
335       TemplateTy Template;
336       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
337       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
338       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
339       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
340       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
341       if (SS && NNS) {
342         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
343         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
344       }
345       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
346           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
347           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
348           // is handled elsewhere).
349           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
350             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
351                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
352         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
353                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
354                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
355                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
356         if (Ty) {
357           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
358                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
359                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
360           if (SS && NNS)
361             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
362           *CorrectedII = NewII;
363           return Ty;
364         }
365       }
366     }
367     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
368   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
369   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
370     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
371     return ParsedType();
372 
373   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
374     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
375     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
376     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
377     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
378     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
379     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
380       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
381       return ParsedType();
382     }
383 
384     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
385     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
386          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
387       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
388         if (!IIDecl ||
389             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
390               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
391           IIDecl = *Res;
392       }
393     }
394 
395     if (!IIDecl) {
396       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
397       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
398       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
399       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
400       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
401       // a type name.
402       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
403       return ParsedType();
404     }
405 
406     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
407     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
408     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
409     // perform the name lookup again.
410     break;
411 
412   case LookupResult::Found:
413     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
414     break;
415   }
416 
417   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
418 
419   QualType T;
420   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
421     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
422 
423     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
424     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
425 
426     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
427     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
428     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
429     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
430       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
431         // Construct a type with type-source information.
432         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
433         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
434 
435         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
436         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
437         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
438         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
439         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
440       } else {
441         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
442       }
443     }
444   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
445     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
446     if (!HasTrailingDot)
447       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
448   }
449 
450   if (T.isNull()) {
451     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
452     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
453     return ParsedType();
454   }
455   return ParsedType::make(T);
456 }
457 
458 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
459 static NestedNameSpecifier *
460 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
461   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
462     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
463     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
464     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
465       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
466     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
467       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
468                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
469     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
470       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
471   }
472   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
473 }
474 
475 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
476                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
477   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
478   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
479   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
480 
481   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
482   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
483   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
484   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
485       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
486   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
487 
488   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
489   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
490   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
491   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
492   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
493 
494   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
495   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
496   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
497   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
498   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
499   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
500 }
501 
502 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
503 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
504 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
505 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
506 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
507 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
508   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
509   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
510   LookupName(R, S, false);
511   R.suppressDiagnostics();
512   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
513     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
514       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
515       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
516       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
517       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
518       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
519       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
520       }
521     }
522 
523   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
524 }
525 
526 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
527 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
528 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
529 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
530 /// @code
531 /// template<class T> class A {
532 /// public:
533 ///   typedef int TYPE;
534 /// };
535 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
536 /// public:
537 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
538 /// };
539 /// @endcode
540 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
541   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
542     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
543       return true;
544 
545     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
546 
547     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
548     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
549       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
550         return true;
551     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
552   }
553   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
554 }
555 
556 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
557                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
558                                    Scope *S,
559                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
560                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
561                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
562   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
563   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
564 
565   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
566   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
567   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
568           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
569                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
570                           false, false, AllowClassTemplates),
571                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
572     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
573       // We corrected to a keyword.
574       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
575       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
576     } else {
577       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
578       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
579         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
580                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
581       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
582         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
583         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
584                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
585         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
586                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
587                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
588       } else {
589         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
590       }
591 
592       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
593       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
594         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
595                           SourceRange(IILoc));
596       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
597                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
598                                   false, ParsedType(),
599                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
600                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
601     }
602     return;
603   }
604 
605   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
606     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
607     UnqualifiedId Name;
608     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
609     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
610     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
611     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
612     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
613                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
614                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
615       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
616       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
617       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
618         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
619           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
620       }
621       return;
622     }
623   }
624 
625   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
626   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
627 
628   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
629     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
630   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
631     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
632       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
633   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
634     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
635     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
636       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
637 
638     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
639       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
640       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
641       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
642     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
643                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
644   } else {
645     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
646            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
647   }
648 }
649 
650 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
651 /// or
652 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
653   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
654                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
655 
656   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
657     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
658       return true;
659 
660     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
661       return true;
662   }
663 
664   return false;
665 }
666 
667 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
668                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
669                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
670                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
671   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
672   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
673   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
674     StringRef FixItTagName;
675     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
676       case TTK_Class:
677         FixItTagName = "class ";
678         break;
679 
680       case TTK_Enum:
681         FixItTagName = "enum ";
682         break;
683 
684       case TTK_Struct:
685         FixItTagName = "struct ";
686         break;
687 
688       case TTK_Interface:
689         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
690         break;
691 
692       case TTK_Union:
693         FixItTagName = "union ";
694         break;
695     }
696 
697     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
698     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
699       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
700       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
701 
702     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
703          I != IEnd; ++I)
704       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
705         << Name << TagName;
706 
707     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
708     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
709     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
710     return true;
711   }
712 
713   return false;
714 }
715 
716 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
717 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
718                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
719   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
720 
721   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
722   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
723 
724   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
725   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
726   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
727   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
728   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
729 }
730 
731 Sema::NameClassification
732 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
733                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
734                    bool IsAddressOfOperand,
735                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
736   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
737   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
738 
739   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
740     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
741                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
742   }
743 
744   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
745   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
746 
747   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
748   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
749   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
750     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
751             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
752       return TypeInBase;
753   }
754 
755   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
756   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
757   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
758   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
759   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
760     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
761     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
762       return E;
763   }
764 
765   bool SecondTry = false;
766   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
767 
768 Corrected:
769   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
770   case LookupResult::NotFound:
771     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
772     // call.
773     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
774       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
775       // FIXME: Reference?
776       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
777         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
778 
779       // C90 6.3.2.2:
780       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
781       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
782       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
783       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
784       //   the function call, the declaration
785       //
786       //     extern int identifier ();
787       //
788       //   appeared.
789       //
790       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
791       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
792         Result.addDecl(D);
793         Result.resolveKind();
794         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
795       }
796     }
797 
798     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
799     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
800     // "struct", or "union".
801     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
802         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
803       break;
804     }
805 
806     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
807     // close to this name.
808     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
809       SecondTry = true;
810       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
811                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
812                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC),
813                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
814         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
815         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
816 
817         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
818         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
819           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
820         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
821             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
822           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
823           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
824         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
825                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
826                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
827                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
828           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
829           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
830         }
831 
832         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
833           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
834         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
835           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
836           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
837                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
838           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
839                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
840                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
841         }
842 
843         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
844         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
845 
846         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
847         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
848           return Name;
849 
850         // Also update the LookupResult...
851         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
852         Result.clear();
853         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
854         if (FirstDecl)
855           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
856 
857         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
858         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
859         // reference the ivar.
860         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
861         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
862           Result.clear();
863           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
864           return E;
865         }
866 
867         goto Corrected;
868       }
869     }
870 
871     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
872     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
873     return NameClassification::Unknown();
874 
875   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
876     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
877     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
878     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
879 
880     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
881     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
882     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
883     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
884     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
885     //
886     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
887     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
888     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
889     // keyword here.
890     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
891                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
892                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
893   }
894 
895   case LookupResult::Found:
896   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
897   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
898     break;
899 
900   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
901     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
902         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
903       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
904       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
905       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
906       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
907       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
908       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
909       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
910       //   ambiguous.
911       //
912       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
913       // so try again after filtering out template names.
914       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
915       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
916         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
917         break;
918       }
919     }
920 
921     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
922     return NameClassification::Error();
923   }
924 
925   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
926       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
927     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
928     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
929     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
930     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
931     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
932     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
933     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
934       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
935 
936     if (!Result.empty()) {
937       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
938       bool IsVarTemplate;
939       TemplateName Template;
940       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
941         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
942         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
943                                                      Result.end());
944       } else {
945         TemplateDecl *TD
946           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
947         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
948         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
949 
950         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
951           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
952                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
953                                                       TD);
954         else
955           Template = TemplateName(TD);
956       }
957 
958       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
959         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
960         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
961         // to based on which function we selected.
962         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
963 
964         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
965       }
966 
967       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
968                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
969     }
970   }
971 
972   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
973   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
974     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
975     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
976     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
977     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
978       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
979     return ParsedType::make(T);
980   }
981 
982   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
983   if (!Class) {
984     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
985     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
986             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
987       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
988   }
989 
990   if (Class) {
991     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
992 
993     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
994       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
995       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
996       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
997       return NameClassification::Unknown();
998     }
999 
1000     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1001     return ParsedType::make(T);
1002   }
1003 
1004   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1005   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1006     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1007         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1008 
1009   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1010   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1011   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1012   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1013        (NextIsOp &&
1014         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1015       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1016     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1017     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1018     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1019     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1020       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1021     return ParsedType::make(T);
1022   }
1023 
1024   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1025     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1026                                            nullptr, S);
1027 
1028   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1029   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1030 }
1031 
1032 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
1033 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
1034 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
1035 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1036 
1037   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1038   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1039   // the context we'll need to return to.
1040   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1041   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1042   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1043   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1044   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1045   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1046   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1047   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1048   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1049   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1050     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1051 
1052     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1053     // lexical context.
1054     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1055       return DC;
1056 
1057     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1058     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1059     // class is the context we need to return to.
1060     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1061       DC = RD;
1062 
1063     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1064     // declared in.
1065     return DC;
1066   }
1067 
1068   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1069 }
1070 
1071 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1072   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1073       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1074   CurContext = DC;
1075   S->setEntity(DC);
1076 }
1077 
1078 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1079   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1080 
1081   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1082   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1083 }
1084 
1085 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1086                                                                     Decl *D) {
1087   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1088   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1089   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1090   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1091   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1092   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1093   // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look
1094   // into the pre-existing complete definition.
1095   S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent());
1096   return Result;
1097 }
1098 
1099 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1100   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1101 }
1102 
1103 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1104 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1105 ///
1106 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1107   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1108   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1109   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1110   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1111   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1112   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1113   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1114   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1115   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1116   //   namespace.
1117   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1118   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1119   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1120   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1121   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1122 
1123   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1124 
1125 #ifndef NDEBUG
1126   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1127   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1128   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1129 #endif
1130 
1131   CurContext = DC;
1132   S->setEntity(DC);
1133 }
1134 
1135 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1136   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1137 
1138   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1139   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1140   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1141   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1142   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1143 
1144   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1145   // disappear.
1146 }
1147 
1148 
1149 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1150   // We assume that the caller has already called
1151   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1152   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1153   if (!FD)
1154     return;
1155 
1156   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1157   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1158   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1159     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1160   CurContext = FD;
1161   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1162 
1163   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1164     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1165     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1166     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1167       S->AddDecl(Param);
1168       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1169     }
1170   }
1171 }
1172 
1173 
1174 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1175   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1176   // rather than the top-level class.
1177   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1178   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1179   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1180 }
1181 
1182 
1183 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1184 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1185 ///
1186 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1187 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1188 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1189 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1190 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1191 /// attribute.
1192 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1193                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1194   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1195     return true;
1196 
1197   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1198     return true;
1199 
1200   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1201           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1202 }
1203 
1204 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1205 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1206   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1207   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1208   // scope.
1209   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1210     S = S->getParent();
1211 
1212   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1213   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1214   // into any context.
1215   if (AddToContext)
1216     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1217 
1218   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1219   // are function-local declarations.
1220   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1221       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1222         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1223       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1224     return;
1225 
1226   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1227   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1228       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1229     return;
1230 
1231   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1232   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1233                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1234   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1235     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1236       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1237       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1238 
1239       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1240       break;
1241     }
1242   }
1243 
1244   S->AddDecl(D);
1245 
1246   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1247     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1248     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1249     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1250     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1251       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1252       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1253         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1254           continue;
1255       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1256         break;
1257     }
1258 
1259     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1260   } else {
1261     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1262   }
1263 }
1264 
1265 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1266   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1267     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1268 }
1269 
1270 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1271                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1272   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1273 }
1274 
1275 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1276   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1277   do {
1278     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1279       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1280         return S;
1281   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1282 
1283   return nullptr;
1284 }
1285 
1286 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1287                                             DeclContext*,
1288                                             ASTContext&);
1289 
1290 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1291 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1292 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1293                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1294                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1295   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1296   while (F.hasNext()) {
1297     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1298 
1299     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1300       continue;
1301 
1302     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1303       continue;
1304 
1305     F.erase();
1306   }
1307 
1308   F.done();
1309 }
1310 
1311 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1312   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1313          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1314          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1315 }
1316 
1317 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1318 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1319   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1320   while (F.hasNext())
1321     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1322       F.erase();
1323 
1324   F.done();
1325 }
1326 
1327 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1328 /// @code
1329 /// class S {
1330 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1331 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1332 /// };
1333 /// @endcode
1334 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1335   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1336   // the decl here.
1337   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1338     return false;
1339 
1340   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1341     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1342   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1343     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1344   return false;
1345 }
1346 
1347 // We need this to handle
1348 //
1349 // typedef struct {
1350 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1351 // } A;
1352 //
1353 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1354 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1355 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1356 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1357 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1358 // not.
1359 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1360   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1361   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1362     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1363       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1364         return true;
1365     }
1366     DC = DC->getParent();
1367   }
1368 
1369   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1370 }
1371 
1372 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1373 // these semantics.
1374 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1375   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1376     return false;
1377   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1378 }
1379 
1380 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1381   assert(D);
1382 
1383   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1384     return false;
1385 
1386   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1387   // of members of class templates.
1388   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1389       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1390     return false;
1391 
1392   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1393     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1394       return false;
1395 
1396     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1397       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1398         return false;
1399     } else {
1400       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1401       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1402         return false;
1403     }
1404 
1405     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1406         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1407       return false;
1408   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1409     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1410     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1411     // like "inline".)
1412     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1413       return false;
1414 
1415     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1416       return false;
1417 
1418     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1419         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1420       return false;
1421   } else {
1422     return false;
1423   }
1424 
1425   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1426   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1427   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1428   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1429 }
1430 
1431 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1432   if (!D)
1433     return;
1434 
1435   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1436     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1437     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1438       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1439   }
1440 
1441   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1442     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1443     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1444       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1445   }
1446 
1447   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1448     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1449 }
1450 
1451 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1452   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1453     return false;
1454 
1455   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1456       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1457     return false;
1458 
1459   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1460     return true;
1461 
1462   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1463   // functions.
1464   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1465   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1466     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1467     WithinFunction =
1468         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1469   if (!WithinFunction)
1470     return false;
1471 
1472   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1473     return true;
1474 
1475   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1476   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1477     return false;
1478 
1479   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1480   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1481 
1482     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1483     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1484 
1485     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1486     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1487       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1488         return false;
1489     }
1490 
1491     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1492     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1493     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1494       return false;
1495 
1496     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1497       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1498       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1499         return false;
1500 
1501       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1502         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1503           return false;
1504 
1505         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1506           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1507                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1508             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1509           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1510             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1511           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1512             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1513             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1514               return false;
1515           }
1516         }
1517       }
1518     }
1519 
1520     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1521   }
1522 
1523   return true;
1524 }
1525 
1526 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1527                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1528   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1529     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1530                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1531     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1532       return;
1533     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1534                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1535   }
1536   return;
1537 }
1538 
1539 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1540   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1541     return;
1542 
1543   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1544     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1545       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1546     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1547       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1548   }
1549 }
1550 
1551 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1552 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1553 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1554   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1555     return;
1556 
1557   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1558     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1559     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1560     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1561     return;
1562   }
1563 
1564   FixItHint Hint;
1565   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1566 
1567   unsigned DiagID;
1568   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1569     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1570   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1571     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1572   else
1573     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1574 
1575   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1576 }
1577 
1578 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1579   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1580   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1581   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1582   // MS inline assembly label name.
1583   bool Diagnose = false;
1584   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1585     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1586   else
1587     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1588   if (Diagnose)
1589     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1590 }
1591 
1592 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1593   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1594 
1595   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1596   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1597          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1598 
1599   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1600     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1601 
1602     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1603     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1604 
1605     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1606 
1607     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1608     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1609       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1610       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1611         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1612     }
1613 
1614     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1615     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1616       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1617 
1618     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1619     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1620   }
1621 }
1622 
1623 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1624 ///
1625 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1626 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1627 /// to the fixed name.
1628 ///
1629 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1630 ///
1631 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1632 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1633 ///
1634 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1635 /// class could not be found.
1636 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1637                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1638                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1639   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1640   // creation from this context.
1641   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1642 
1643   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1644     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1645     // find an Objective-C class name.
1646     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1647             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1648             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1649             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1650       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1651       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1652       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1653     }
1654   }
1655   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1656   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1657   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1658       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1659   return Def;
1660 }
1661 
1662 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1663 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1664 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1665 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1666 /// ill-formed in C++:
1667 /// @code
1668 /// struct S6 {
1669 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1670 /// };
1671 ///
1672 /// void test_S6() {
1673 ///   struct S6 a;
1674 ///   a.e = BAR;
1675 /// }
1676 /// @endcode
1677 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1678 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1679 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1680 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1681 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1682 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1683 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1684 /// contain non-field names.
1685 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1686   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1687          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1688          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1689     S = S->getParent();
1690   return S;
1691 }
1692 
1693 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1694 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1695 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1696 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1697 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1698                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1699   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1700     return;
1701   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1702 
1703   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1704                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1705   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1706   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1707     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1708       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1709 }
1710 
1711 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1712   switch (Error) {
1713   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1714     return "";
1715   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1716     return "stdio.h";
1717   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1718     return "setjmp.h";
1719   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1720     return "ucontext.h";
1721   }
1722   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1723 }
1724 
1725 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1726 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1727 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1728 /// built-in.
1729 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1730                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1731                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1732   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1733 
1734   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1735   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1736   if (Error) {
1737     if (ForRedeclaration)
1738       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1739           << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1740     return nullptr;
1741   }
1742 
1743   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) {
1744     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1745         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
1746     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1747         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1748       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1749           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1750           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1751   }
1752 
1753   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1754   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1755     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1756         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1757                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1758     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1759     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1760     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1761   }
1762 
1763   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1764                                            Parent,
1765                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1766                                            SC_Extern,
1767                                            false,
1768                                            R->isFunctionProtoType());
1769   New->setImplicit();
1770 
1771   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1772   // FunctionDecl.
1773   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1774     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1775     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1776       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1777           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1778                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1779                               SC_None, nullptr);
1780       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1781       Params.push_back(parm);
1782     }
1783     New->setParams(Params);
1784   }
1785 
1786   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1787   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1788 
1789   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1790   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1791   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1792   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1793   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1794   CurContext = Parent;
1795   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1796   CurContext = SavedContext;
1797   return New;
1798 }
1799 
1800 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1801 /// entity if their types are the same.
1802 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1803 /// isSameEntity.
1804 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
1805                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1806                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1807   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1808   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
1809     return;
1810 
1811   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1812   if (Previous.empty())
1813     return;
1814 
1815   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1816   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1817     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1818 
1819     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1820     if (S.isVisible(Old))
1821       continue;
1822 
1823     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1824     // different linkages.
1825     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1826       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1827                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1828         continue;
1829 
1830       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
1831       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
1832       if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
1833           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
1834         continue;
1835     }
1836 
1837     if (!Old->isExternallyVisible())
1838       Filter.erase();
1839   }
1840 
1841   Filter.done();
1842 }
1843 
1844 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1845   QualType OldType;
1846   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1847     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1848   else
1849     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1850   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1851 
1852   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1853     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1854     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1855     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1856       << Kind << NewType;
1857     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1858       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1859     New->setInvalidDecl();
1860     return true;
1861   }
1862 
1863   if (OldType != NewType &&
1864       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1865       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1866       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1867     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1868     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1869       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1870     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1871       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1872     New->setInvalidDecl();
1873     return true;
1874   }
1875   return false;
1876 }
1877 
1878 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1879 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1880 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1881 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1882 ///
1883 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1884   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1885   // merging checks.
1886   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1887 
1888   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1889   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1890   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1891     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1892     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1893     default: break;
1894     case 2:
1895       {
1896         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1897           break;
1898         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1899         if (!T->isPointerType())
1900           break;
1901         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1902           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1903           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1904             break;
1905         }
1906         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1907         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1908         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1909         return;
1910       }
1911     case 5:
1912       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1913         break;
1914       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1915       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1916       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1917       return;
1918     case 3:
1919       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1920         break;
1921       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1922       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1923       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1924       return;
1925     }
1926     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1927   }
1928 
1929   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1930   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1931   if (!Old) {
1932     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1933       << New->getDeclName();
1934 
1935     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1936     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1937       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1938 
1939     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1940   }
1941 
1942   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1943   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1944     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1945 
1946   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1947     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
1948     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
1949     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
1950     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag &&
1951         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
1952         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
1953       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
1954       // instead of our tag.
1955       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
1956       if (OldTD->isModed())
1957         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
1958                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
1959       else
1960         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
1961 
1962       // Make the old tag definition visible.
1963       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation());
1964     }
1965   }
1966 
1967   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1968   // with any extensions enabled.
1969   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1970     return;
1971 
1972   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1973   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1974   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1975     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1976     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1977   }
1978 
1979   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1980     return;
1981 
1982   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1983     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1984     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1985     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1986     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1987     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1988       return;
1989 
1990     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1991     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1992     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1993     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1994     //
1995     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1996     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1997     //
1998     //   struct S {
1999     //     typedef struct A { } A;
2000     //   };
2001     //
2002     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2003     // allow the above but disallow
2004     //
2005     //   struct S {
2006     //     typedef int I;
2007     //     typedef int I;
2008     //   };
2009     //
2010     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2011     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2012       return;
2013 
2014     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2015       << New->getDeclName();
2016     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2017     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2018   }
2019 
2020   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2021   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2022     return;
2023 
2024   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2025   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2026   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2027   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2028   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2029       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2030        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2031     return;
2032 
2033   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2034     << New->getDeclName();
2035   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2036 }
2037 
2038 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2039 /// attribute.
2040 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2041   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2042   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2043   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2044     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2045       if (Ann) {
2046         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2047           return true;
2048         continue;
2049       }
2050       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2051       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2052         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2053       return true;
2054     }
2055 
2056   return false;
2057 }
2058 
2059 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2060   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2061     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2062   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2063     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2064   return true;
2065 }
2066 
2067 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2068 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2069 ///
2070 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2071 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2072   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2073   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2074   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2075   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2076   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2077   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2078     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2079     // in a case like:
2080     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2081     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2082     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2083     // definition in such a case.
2084     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2085       return false;
2086 
2087     if (I->isAlignas())
2088       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2089 
2090     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2091     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2092       OldAlign = Align;
2093       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2094     }
2095   }
2096 
2097   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2098   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2099   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2100   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2101     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2102       return false;
2103 
2104     if (I->isAlignas())
2105       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2106 
2107     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2108     if (Align > NewAlign)
2109       NewAlign = Align;
2110   }
2111 
2112   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2113     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2114     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2115     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2116     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2117 
2118     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2119     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2120     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2121       QualType Ty;
2122       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2123         Ty = VD->getType();
2124       else
2125         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2126 
2127       if (OldAlign == 0)
2128         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2129       if (NewAlign == 0)
2130         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2131     }
2132 
2133     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2134       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2135         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2136         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2137       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2138     }
2139   }
2140 
2141   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2142     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2143     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2144     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2145     //   equivalent alignment.
2146     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2147     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2148     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2149     //   have no alignment specifier.
2150     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2151       << OldAlignasAttr;
2152     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2153       << OldAlignasAttr;
2154   }
2155 
2156   bool AnyAdded = false;
2157 
2158   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2159   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2160     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2161     Clone->setInherited(true);
2162     New->addAttr(Clone);
2163     AnyAdded = true;
2164   }
2165 
2166   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2167   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2168       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2169     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2170     Clone->setInherited(true);
2171     New->addAttr(Clone);
2172     AnyAdded = true;
2173   }
2174 
2175   return AnyAdded;
2176 }
2177 
2178 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2179                                const InheritableAttr *Attr,
2180                                Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2181   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2182   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2183   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2184     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2185                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2186                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2187                                       AA->getMessage(), AMK,
2188                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2189   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2190     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2191                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2192   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2193     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2194                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2195   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2196     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2197                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2198   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2199     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2200                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2201   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2202     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2203                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2204                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2205   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2206     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2207                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2208   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2209     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2210                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2211                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2212   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2213     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(),
2214                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()),
2215                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2216   else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2217     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2218   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2219     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2220   else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr))
2221     NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(
2222         D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(),
2223         &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()),
2224         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2225   else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr))
2226     NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(),
2227                                 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()),
2228                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2229   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2230     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2231     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2232     NewAttr = nullptr;
2233   else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) &&
2234            (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override ||
2235             AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation))
2236     NewAttr = nullptr;
2237   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2238     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2239 
2240   if (NewAttr) {
2241     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2242     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2243     return true;
2244   }
2245 
2246   return false;
2247 }
2248 
2249 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2250   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2251     return TD->getDefinition();
2252   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2253     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2254     if (Def)
2255       return Def;
2256     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2257   }
2258   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2259     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2260     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2261       return Def;
2262   }
2263   return nullptr;
2264 }
2265 
2266 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2267   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2268     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2269       return true;
2270   return false;
2271 }
2272 
2273 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2274 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2275 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2276   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2277     return;
2278 
2279   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2280   if (!Def || Def == New)
2281     return;
2282 
2283   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2284   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2285     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2286 
2287     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2288       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) {
2289         Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody;
2290         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody);
2291 
2292         // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute.
2293         if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) {
2294           NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2295           --E;
2296           continue;
2297         }
2298       } else {
2299         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2300         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2301                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2302                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2303                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2304         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2305         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2306         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2307       }
2308       ++I;
2309       continue;
2310     }
2311 
2312     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2313       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2314       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2315         ++I;
2316         continue;
2317       }
2318     }
2319 
2320     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2321       ++I;
2322       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2323     }
2324 
2325     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2326       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2327       ++I;
2328       continue;
2329     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2330       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2331         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2332         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2333         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2334         //   equivalent alignment.
2335         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2336         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2337         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2338         //   have no alignment specifier.
2339         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2340           << AA;
2341         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2342           << AA;
2343         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2344         --E;
2345         continue;
2346       }
2347     }
2348 
2349     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2350            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2351     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2352     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2353     --E;
2354   }
2355 }
2356 
2357 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2358 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2359                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2360   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2361     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2362     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2363     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2364   }
2365 
2366   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2367     return;
2368 
2369   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2370   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2371 
2372   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2373     return;
2374 
2375   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2376 
2377   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2378   // we process them.
2379   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2380 
2381   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2382     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2383     AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None;
2384     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2385         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2386         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2387       switch (AMK) {
2388       case AMK_None:
2389         continue;
2390 
2391       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2392       case AMK_Override:
2393       case AMK_ProtocolImplementation:
2394         LocalAMK = AMK;
2395         break;
2396       }
2397     }
2398 
2399     // Already handled.
2400     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2401       continue;
2402 
2403     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK))
2404       foundAny = true;
2405   }
2406 
2407   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2408     foundAny = true;
2409 
2410   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2411 }
2412 
2413 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2414 /// to the new one.
2415 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2416                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2417                                      Sema &S) {
2418   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2419   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2420   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2421   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2422   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2423   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2424     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2425            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2426     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2427     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2428     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2429       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2430     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2431       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2432     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2433            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2434   }
2435 
2436   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2437     return;
2438 
2439   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2440 
2441   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2442   // done before we process them.
2443   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2444 
2445   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2446     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2447       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2448         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2449       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2450       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2451       foundAny = true;
2452     }
2453   }
2454 
2455   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2456 }
2457 
2458 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
2459                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
2460                                 Sema &S) {
2461   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2462     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2463       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
2464         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
2465           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2466                *Newnullability,
2467                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2468                 != 0))
2469           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2470                *Oldnullability,
2471                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2472                 != 0));
2473         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2474       }
2475     } else {
2476       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
2477       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
2478                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
2479                          NewT, NewT);
2480       NewParam->setType(NewT);
2481     }
2482   }
2483 }
2484 
2485 namespace {
2486 
2487 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2488 /// C.
2489 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2490   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2491   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2492   QualType PromotedType;
2493 };
2494 
2495 }
2496 
2497 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2498 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2499   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2500     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2501       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2502 
2503     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2504       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2505 
2506     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2507       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2508   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2509     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2510   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2511     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2512   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2513     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2514   }
2515 
2516   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2517 }
2518 
2519 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2520 // declaration, or a declaration.
2521 template <typename T>
2522 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2523 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2524   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2525   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2526   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2527     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2528   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2529     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2530     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2531       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2532   } else
2533     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2534   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2535 }
2536 
2537 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2538 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2539 /// GNU89 mode.
2540 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2541                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2542   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2543           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2544           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2545           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2546 }
2547 
2548 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2549   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2550   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2551     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2552   return AT;
2553 }
2554 
2555 template <typename T>
2556 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2557   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2558   if (DC->isRecord())
2559     return false;
2560 
2561   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2562   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2563     return true;
2564   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2565     return true;
2566   return false;
2567 }
2568 
2569 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
2570 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
2571 
2572 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
2573 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
2574 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
2575 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
2576 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
2577                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
2578   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
2579   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
2580   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
2581   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
2582   //      and function templates; or
2583   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
2584   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
2585   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
2586   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
2587   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
2588 
2589   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2590   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2591   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2592   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2593   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2594 
2595   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
2596   if (Old &&
2597       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2598           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2599       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
2600     Old = nullptr;
2601 
2602   if (!Old) {
2603     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2604     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
2605     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2606     return true;
2607   }
2608   return false;
2609 }
2610 
2611 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2612 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2613 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2614 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2615 ///
2616 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2617 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2618 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2619 /// merged with.
2620 ///
2621 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2622 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2623                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2624   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2625   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2626   if (!Old) {
2627     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2628       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2629         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2630         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2631              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2632         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2633              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2634         return true;
2635       }
2636 
2637       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2638       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
2639         return true;
2640       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2641     } else {
2642       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2643         << New->getDeclName();
2644       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2645       return true;
2646     }
2647   }
2648 
2649   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2650   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2651     return true;
2652 
2653   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2654   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2655   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2656       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2657 
2658   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2659   // is an extern inline function.
2660   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2661   // storage classes.
2662   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2663       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2664       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2665       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2666       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2667     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2668       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2669       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2670     } else {
2671       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2672       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2673       return true;
2674     }
2675   }
2676 
2677   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
2678       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
2679     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
2680         << New->getDeclName();
2681     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2682     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
2683   }
2684 
2685   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2686   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2687   // convention of the first.
2688   //
2689   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2690   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2691   //
2692   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2693   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2694   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2695   //
2696   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2697   // other tests to run.
2698   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2699   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2700   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2701   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2702   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2703   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2704   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2705 
2706   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2707     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2708     const FunctionType *FT =
2709         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2710     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2711     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2712     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2713       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2714       // there but not here.
2715       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2716       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2717     } else {
2718       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2719       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2720       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2721         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2722         << !FirstCCExplicit
2723         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2724             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2725 
2726       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2727       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2728       return true;
2729     }
2730   }
2731 
2732   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2733   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2734     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2735     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2736   }
2737 
2738   // Merge regparm attribute.
2739   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2740       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2741     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2742       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2743         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2744         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2745       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2746       return true;
2747     }
2748 
2749     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2750     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2751   }
2752 
2753   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2754   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2755     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2756       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2757       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2758       return true;
2759     }
2760 
2761     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2762     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2763   }
2764 
2765   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2766     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2767     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2768     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2769     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2770     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2771   }
2772 
2773   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2774   // UndefinedButUsed.
2775   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2776       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2777       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
2778       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2779       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2780     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2781                                            SourceLocation()));
2782 
2783   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2784   // about it.
2785   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2786       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2787     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2788   }
2789 
2790   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2791     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2792     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2793     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2794     //        cannot be overloaded.
2795 
2796     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2797     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2798     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2799     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2800     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2801     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2802         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2803              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2804              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2805     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2806         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2807              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2808              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2809     QualType ResQT;
2810     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2811         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2812           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2813       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2814           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2815         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2816       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2817         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2818           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2819               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2820         else
2821           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2822               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2823         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2824                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2825         return true;
2826       }
2827       else
2828         NewQType = ResQT;
2829     }
2830 
2831     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2832     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2833     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2834       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2835       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2836       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2837       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2838         New->setType(
2839             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2840                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2841                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2842         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2843             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2844                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2845                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2846       }
2847     }
2848 
2849     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2850     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2851     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2852       // Preserve triviality.
2853       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2854 
2855       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2856       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2857       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2858       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2859                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2860                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2861       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2862 
2863       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2864           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2865         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2866         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2867         //       is a static member function declaration.
2868         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2869           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2870           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2871           return true;
2872         }
2873 
2874         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2875         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2876         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2877         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2878         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2879           unsigned NewDiag;
2880           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2881             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2882           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2883             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2884           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2885             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2886           else
2887             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2888 
2889           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2890         } else {
2891           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2892             << New << New->getType();
2893         }
2894         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2895         return true;
2896 
2897       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2898       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2899       //
2900       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2901       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2902       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2903         if (isFriend) {
2904           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2905         } else {
2906           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2907                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2908             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2909           return true;
2910         }
2911       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2912         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2913              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2914           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2915         return true;
2916       }
2917     }
2918 
2919     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2920     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2921     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2922     //   attribute.
2923     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2924     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2925       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2926       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2927            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2928     }
2929 
2930     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2931     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2932     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2933     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2934     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2935     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2936       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2937            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2938       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2939            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2940     }
2941 
2942     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2943     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2944     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2945     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2946 
2947     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2948     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2949     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2950       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2951       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2952         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2953       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2954       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2955     }
2956 
2957     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2958       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2959       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2960       //
2961       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2962       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2963       // linkage within class scope.
2964       //
2965       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2966       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2967         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2968         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2969       } else {
2970         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2971         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2972         return true;
2973       }
2974     }
2975 
2976     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2977       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2978 
2979     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2980         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2981       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2982       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2983       // when we instantiate the function.
2984       return false;
2985     }
2986 
2987     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2988   }
2989 
2990   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2991   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2992   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2993       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2994     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2995     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2996     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2997     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2998         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2999       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
3000       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
3001       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
3002       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
3003       NewQType =
3004           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
3005                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
3006       New->setType(NewQType);
3007       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
3008 
3009       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
3010       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
3011       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
3012         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
3013                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
3014                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
3015                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
3016         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
3017         Param->setImplicit();
3018         Params.push_back(Param);
3019       }
3020 
3021       New->setParams(Params);
3022     }
3023 
3024     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3025   }
3026 
3027   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3028   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3029   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3030   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3031   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3032   // the prototype.
3033   //
3034   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3035   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3036   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3037   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3038   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3039       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3040       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3041       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3042     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3043     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3044     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3045       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3046     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3047       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3048 
3049     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3050     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3051                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3052     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3053     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3054          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3055       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3056       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3057       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3058                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3059         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3060       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3061                                             NewParm->getType(),
3062                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3063         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3064                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3065         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3066         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3067       } else
3068         LooseCompatible = false;
3069     }
3070 
3071     if (LooseCompatible) {
3072       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3073         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3074              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3075           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3076           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3077         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3078           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3079                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3080       }
3081 
3082       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3083         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3084                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3085       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3086     }
3087 
3088     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3089   }
3090 
3091   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3092   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3093 
3094   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3095   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3096   unsigned BuiltinID;
3097   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3098     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3099     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3100     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3101       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3102       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3103         << Old << Old->getType();
3104 
3105       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
3106       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
3107       //
3108       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
3109       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
3110       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
3111       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
3112       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
3113       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3114         New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin();
3115 
3116       return false;
3117     }
3118 
3119     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3120   }
3121 
3122   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3123   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3124   return true;
3125 }
3126 
3127 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3128 /// known to be compatible.
3129 ///
3130 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3131 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3132 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3133 /// redeclaration of Old.
3134 ///
3135 /// \returns false
3136 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3137                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3138   // Merge the attributes
3139   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3140 
3141   // Merge "pure" flag.
3142   if (Old->isPure())
3143     New->setPure();
3144 
3145   // Merge "used" flag.
3146   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3147     New->setIsUsed();
3148 
3149   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3150   // declarations.
3151   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3152       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3153         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3154         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3155         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3156         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3157       }
3158 
3159   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3160     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3161 
3162   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3163   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3164   // was visible.
3165   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3166   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3167     New->setType(Merged);
3168 
3169   return false;
3170 }
3171 
3172 
3173 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3174                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3175 
3176   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3177   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3178     isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext())
3179       ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation
3180       : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3181                                                        : AMK_Override;
3182 
3183   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3184 
3185   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3186   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3187                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3188   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3189          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3190        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3191     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3192 
3193   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3194 }
3195 
3196 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3197 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3198 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3199 ///
3200 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3201 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3202 /// is attached.
3203 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3204                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3205   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3206     return;
3207 
3208   QualType MergedT;
3209   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3210     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3211       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3212       return;
3213     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3214       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3215       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3216     }
3217     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3218     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3219     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3220     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3221     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3222     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
3223              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3224       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3225       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3226       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3227                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3228         MergedT = New->getType();
3229     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3230                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3231       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3232       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3233       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3234                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3235         MergedT = Old->getType();
3236     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3237                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3238       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3239                                               Old->getType());
3240     }
3241   } else {
3242     // C 6.2.7p2:
3243     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3244     //   compatible type.
3245     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3246   }
3247   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3248     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3249     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3250     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3251     // equivalent.
3252     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3253     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3254          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3255       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3256       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3257       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3258       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3259         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3260       return;
3261     }
3262 
3263     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3264     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3265     //
3266     //   extern int arr[];
3267     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3268     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3269     //
3270     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3271     // to diagnose it.
3272     Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3273                                  ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3274                                  : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3275         << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3276 
3277     diag::kind PrevDiag;
3278     SourceLocation OldLocation;
3279     std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3280         getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3281     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3282     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3283   }
3284 
3285   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3286   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3287   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3288     New->setType(MergedT);
3289 }
3290 
3291 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3292                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3293   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3294   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3295   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3296   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3297   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3298   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3299   //
3300   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3301   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3302     return false;
3303 
3304   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3305     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3306     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3307     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3308     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3309     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3310            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3311             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3312   } else {
3313     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3314     // type unless we're in the same function.
3315     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3316            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3317   }
3318 }
3319 
3320 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3321 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3322 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3323 ///
3324 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3325 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3326 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3327 ///
3328 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3329   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3330   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3331     return;
3332 
3333   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3334 
3335   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3336   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3337   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3338   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3339     if (NewTemplate) {
3340       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3341       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3342 
3343       if (auto *Shadow =
3344               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3345         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
3346           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3347     } else {
3348       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3349 
3350       if (auto *Shadow =
3351               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3352         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3353           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3354     }
3355   }
3356   if (!Old) {
3357     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3358       << New->getDeclName();
3359     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3360          diag::note_previous_definition);
3361     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3362   }
3363 
3364   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3365     return;
3366 
3367   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3368   if (NewTemplate &&
3369       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3370                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3371                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3372     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3373 
3374   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3375   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3376   //
3377   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3378   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3379     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3380       << New->getIdentifier();
3381     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3382     New->setInvalidDecl();
3383   }
3384 
3385   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3386   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3387   // declaration
3388   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3389       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3390       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3391     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3392     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3393     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3394     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3395   }
3396 
3397   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
3398       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
3399     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
3400         << New->getDeclName();
3401     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3402     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
3403   }
3404 
3405   // Merge the types.
3406   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
3407   if (MostRecent != Old) {
3408     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
3409                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
3410     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3411       return;
3412   }
3413 
3414   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3415   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3416     return;
3417 
3418   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3419   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3420   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3421       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3422 
3423   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3424   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3425       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3426       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3427     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3428       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3429           << New->getDeclName();
3430       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3431     } else {
3432       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3433           << New->getDeclName();
3434       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3435       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3436     }
3437   }
3438   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3439   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3440   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3441   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3442   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3443   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3444   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3445   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3446   //   identifier has external linkage.
3447   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3448     /* Okay */;
3449   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3450            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3451            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3452     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3453     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3454     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3455   }
3456 
3457   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3458   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3459       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
3460     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3461     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3462     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3463   }
3464   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
3465       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3466     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3467     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3468     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3469   }
3470 
3471   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3472 
3473   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3474   // need to check for mismatches.
3475   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3476       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3477       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3478         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3479     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3480     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3481     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3482   }
3483 
3484   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3485     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3486       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3487       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3488     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3489       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3490       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3491     } else {
3492       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3493       // static and dynamic initialization.
3494       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3495       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3496       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3497         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3498       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3499     }
3500   }
3501 
3502   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3503   VarDecl *Def;
3504   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3505       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3506       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3507     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
3508     if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) &&
3509         (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
3510          New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
3511          New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
3512          New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
3513       // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
3514       // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it.
3515     } else {
3516       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3517       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3518       New->setInvalidDecl();
3519       return;
3520     }
3521   }
3522 
3523   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3524     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3525     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3526     New->setInvalidDecl();
3527     return;
3528   }
3529 
3530   // Merge "used" flag.
3531   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3532     New->setIsUsed();
3533 
3534   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3535   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3536   if (NewTemplate)
3537     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3538 
3539   // Inherit access appropriately.
3540   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3541   if (NewTemplate)
3542     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3543 }
3544 
3545 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3546 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3547 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3548                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3549   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3550 }
3551 
3552 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
3553 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
3554 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
3555 // compatibility.
3556 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
3557 // targeted.
3558 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
3559   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
3560              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
3561              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
3562 }
3563 
3564 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3565   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3566     return;
3567 
3568   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3569     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3570     // it is anonymous.
3571     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3572       return;
3573     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3574         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3575     Context.setManglingNumber(
3576         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
3577                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3578     return;
3579   }
3580 
3581   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3582   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3583   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
3584           Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
3585     Context.setManglingNumber(
3586         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
3587                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3588   }
3589 }
3590 
3591 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
3592                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3593   if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl())
3594     return;
3595 
3596   // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes.
3597   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage())
3598     return;
3599 
3600   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
3601   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
3602 
3603   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
3604   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
3605                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) {
3606     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3607       Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
3608     return;
3609   }
3610 
3611   // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
3612   // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
3613   // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
3614   // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
3615   // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
3616   // for how to handle it.
3617   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
3618     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
3619 
3620     SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart();
3621     tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
3622 
3623     llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
3624     textToInsert += ' ';
3625     textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
3626     Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
3627         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
3628     return;
3629   }
3630 
3631   // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
3632   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
3633 }
3634 
3635 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
3636   switch (T) {
3637   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
3638     return 0;
3639   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
3640     return 1;
3641   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
3642     return 2;
3643   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
3644     return 3;
3645   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
3646     return 4;
3647   default:
3648     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
3649   }
3650 }
3651 
3652 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3653 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3654 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3655 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3656                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3657                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3658                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3659   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3660   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3661   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3662       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3663       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3664       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3665       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3666     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3667 
3668     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3669       return nullptr;
3670 
3671     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3672     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3673     // it's a Type.
3674     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3675       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3676     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3677       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3678   }
3679 
3680   if (Tag) {
3681     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
3682     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3683     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3684       return Tag;
3685   }
3686 
3687   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3688     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3689     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3690     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3691       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3692            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3693            << DS.getSourceRange();
3694   }
3695 
3696   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3697     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3698     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3699     if (Tag)
3700       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3701           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType());
3702     else
3703       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3704     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3705     return TagD;
3706   }
3707 
3708   if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) {
3709     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to
3710     // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and
3711     // its initializer.
3712     Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
3713     return TagD;
3714   }
3715 
3716   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3717 
3718   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3719     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3720     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3721     if (TagD && !Tag)
3722       return nullptr;
3723     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3724   }
3725 
3726   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3727   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3728     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3729   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3730       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3731     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3732     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3733     // or an explicit specialization.
3734     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3735     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3736         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
3737     return nullptr;
3738   }
3739 
3740   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3741   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3742 
3743   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3744   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3745     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3746         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3747       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3748           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3749         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
3750                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3751 
3752       DeclaresAnything = false;
3753     }
3754   }
3755 
3756   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3757   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3758   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3759   //
3760   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
3761   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
3762   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3763       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3764     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3765     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3766     //   struct STRUCT;
3767     //   union UNION;
3768     // and
3769     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3770     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3771     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3772         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3773       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3774       if (Tag)
3775         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3776       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3777                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3778         Record = RT->getDecl();
3779       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3780         Record = UT->getDecl();
3781 
3782       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3783         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
3784           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
3785         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3786       }
3787 
3788       DeclaresAnything = false;
3789     }
3790   }
3791 
3792   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3793   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3794       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3795     return TagD;
3796 
3797   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3798       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3799     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3800       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3801           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3802         DeclaresAnything = false;
3803 
3804   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3805     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3806     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3807       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3808         << DS.getSourceRange();
3809     else
3810       DeclaresAnything = false;
3811   }
3812 
3813   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3814       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3815     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3816       << Tag->getTagKind()
3817       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3818 
3819   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3820 
3821   // C 6.7/2:
3822   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3823   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3824   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3825   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3826   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3827   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3828   //   previous declaration.
3829   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3830     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3831     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3832     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3833     return TagD;
3834   }
3835 
3836   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3837   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3838   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3839   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3840   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3841   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3842   //
3843   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3844   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3845   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3846     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3847 
3848   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3849   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3850   // useless.
3851   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3852     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3853       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3854       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3855       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3856     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3857       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3858         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3859   }
3860 
3861   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3862     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3863       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3864   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3865     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3866       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3867     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3868       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3869     // Restrict is covered above.
3870     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3871       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3872   }
3873 
3874   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3875   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3876   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3877   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3878     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3879     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3880         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3881         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3882         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3883         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3884       for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs;
3885            attrs = attrs->getNext())
3886         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3887             << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
3888     }
3889   }
3890 
3891   return TagD;
3892 }
3893 
3894 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3895 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3896 ///
3897 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3898 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3899                                          Scope *S,
3900                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3901                                          DeclarationName Name,
3902                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3903                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3904   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3905                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3906   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3907 
3908   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3909     return false;
3910 
3911   // Pick a representative declaration.
3912   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3913   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3914 
3915   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3916     return false;
3917 
3918   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3919   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3920 
3921   return true;
3922 }
3923 
3924 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3925 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3926 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3927 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3928 /// struct, e.g.,
3929 ///
3930 /// @code
3931 /// union {
3932 ///   int i;
3933 ///   float f;
3934 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3935 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3936 /// @endcode
3937 ///
3938 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3939 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3940 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3941                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3942                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3943                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3944                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3945                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3946   unsigned diagKind
3947     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3948                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3949 
3950   bool Invalid = false;
3951 
3952   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3953   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3954     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3955         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3956       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3957       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3958                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3959         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3960         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3961         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3962         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3963         Invalid = true;
3964       } else {
3965         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3966         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3967         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3968         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3969         //   anonymous union is declared.
3970         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3971         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3972           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
3973         else
3974           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3975 
3976         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3977         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3978           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3979         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3980           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3981 
3982         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
3983             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
3984             VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3985 
3986         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
3987           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
3988 
3989         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3990         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3991         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3992 
3993         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3994         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3995 
3996         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3997       }
3998     }
3999   }
4000 
4001   return Invalid;
4002 }
4003 
4004 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
4005 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
4006 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
4007 static StorageClass
4008 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4009   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4010   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4011          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4012   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
4013   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
4014   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
4015     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
4016       return SC_None;
4017     return SC_Extern;
4018   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
4019   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
4020   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
4021   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4022     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
4023   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
4024   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
4025   }
4026   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
4027 }
4028 
4029 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
4030   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
4031 
4032   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
4033     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
4034     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
4035       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
4036     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
4037       return FD->getLocation();
4038   }
4039 
4040   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
4041 }
4042 
4043 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4044                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
4045   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4046     return;
4047 
4048   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4049   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4050 }
4051 
4052 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4053                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4054   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4055     return;
4056 
4057   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4058 }
4059 
4060 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4061 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4062 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4063 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4064 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4065                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
4066                                         RecordDecl *Record,
4067                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4068   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4069 
4070   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4071   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4072     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4073   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4074     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4075   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4076     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4077 
4078   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4079   // structs/unions.
4080   bool Invalid = false;
4081   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4082     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
4083     unsigned DiagID;
4084     if (Record->isUnion()) {
4085       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4086       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
4087       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
4088       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
4089           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
4090            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
4091             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
4092         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
4093           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
4094 
4095         // Recover by adding 'static'.
4096         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
4097                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
4098       }
4099       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4100       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
4101       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
4102       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
4103                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4104         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4105              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
4106           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4107 
4108         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
4109         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
4110                                SourceLocation(),
4111                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4112       }
4113     }
4114 
4115     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
4116     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4117       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4118         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4119           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
4120           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
4121       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4122         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
4123              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4124           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
4125           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
4126       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4127         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4128              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4129           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
4130           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
4131       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4132         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
4133              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4134           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
4135           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
4136 
4137       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
4138     }
4139 
4140     // C++ [class.union]p2:
4141     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
4142     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
4143     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
4144     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
4145       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
4146         // C++ [class.union]p3:
4147         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
4148         //   members (clause 11).
4149         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
4150         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
4151           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
4152             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
4153           Invalid = true;
4154         }
4155 
4156         // C++ [class.union]p1
4157         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
4158         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
4159         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
4160         //   array of such objects.
4161         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
4162           Invalid = true;
4163       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
4164         // Any implicit members are fine.
4165       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
4166         // This is a type that showed up in an
4167         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
4168         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
4169         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
4170       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
4171         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4172             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
4173           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4174           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
4175             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4176               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4177           else {
4178             // This is a nested type declaration.
4179             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4180               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4181             Invalid = true;
4182           }
4183         } else {
4184           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
4185           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
4186           // not part of standard C++.
4187           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
4188                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
4189             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4190         }
4191       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
4192         // Any access specifier is fine.
4193       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
4194         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
4195       } else {
4196         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
4197         // member. Complain about it.
4198         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
4199         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
4200           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
4201         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
4202           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
4203         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
4204           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
4205 
4206         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4207         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
4208             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4209           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4210             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4211         else {
4212           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
4213               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4214           Invalid = true;
4215         }
4216       }
4217     }
4218 
4219     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
4220     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
4221     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
4222     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
4223         Owner->isRecord())
4224       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
4225                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
4226   }
4227 
4228   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
4229     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
4230       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4231     Invalid = true;
4232   }
4233 
4234   // Mock up a declarator.
4235   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
4236   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4237   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
4238 
4239   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
4240   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
4241   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4242     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
4243                              DS.getLocStart(),
4244                              Record->getLocation(),
4245                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4246                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4247                              TInfo,
4248                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4249                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4250     Anon->setAccess(AS);
4251     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4252       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
4253   } else {
4254     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4255     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4256     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4257       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4258       // an error here
4259       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4260       Invalid = true;
4261       SC = SC_None;
4262     }
4263 
4264     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4265                            DS.getLocStart(),
4266                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4267                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4268                            TInfo, SC);
4269 
4270     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4271     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4272     // initializer:
4273     //   union { int n = 0; };
4274     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
4275   }
4276   Anon->setImplicit();
4277 
4278   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4279   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4280 
4281   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4282   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4283   // its members.
4284   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4285 
4286   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4287   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4288   // purposes.
4289   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4290   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4291 
4292   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
4293                                           Chain, false))
4294     Invalid = true;
4295 
4296   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4297     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4298       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4299       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4300               NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4301         Context.setManglingNumber(
4302             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4303                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
4304         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4305       }
4306     }
4307   }
4308 
4309   if (Invalid)
4310     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4311 
4312   return Anon;
4313 }
4314 
4315 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4316 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4317 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4318 /// Example:
4319 ///
4320 /// struct A { int a; };
4321 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4322 ///
4323 /// void foo() {
4324 ///   B var;
4325 ///   var.a = 3;
4326 /// }
4327 ///
4328 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4329                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4330   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4331 
4332   // Mock up a declarator.
4333   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4334   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4335   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4336 
4337   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4338   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4339 
4340   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4341   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4342                              ParentDecl,
4343                              DS.getLocStart(),
4344                              DS.getLocStart(),
4345                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4346                              RecTy,
4347                              TInfo,
4348                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4349                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4350   Anon->setImplicit();
4351 
4352   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4353   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4354 
4355   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4356   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4357   // purposes.
4358   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4359   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4360 
4361   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4362   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4363                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4364       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4365                                           AS_none, Chain, true)) {
4366     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4367     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4368   }
4369 
4370   return Anon;
4371 }
4372 
4373 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4374 /// given Declarator.
4375 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4376   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4377 }
4378 
4379 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4380 DeclarationNameInfo
4381 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4382   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4383   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4384 
4385   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4386 
4387   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4388   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4389     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4390     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4391     return NameInfo;
4392 
4393   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4394     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4395                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4396     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4397     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4398       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4399     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4400       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4401     return NameInfo;
4402 
4403   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4404     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4405                                                            Name.Identifier));
4406     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4407     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4408     return NameInfo;
4409 
4410   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4411     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4412     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4413     if (Ty.isNull())
4414       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4415     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4416                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4417     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4418     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4419     return NameInfo;
4420   }
4421 
4422   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4423     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4424     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4425     if (Ty.isNull())
4426       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4427     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4428                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4429     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4430     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4431     return NameInfo;
4432   }
4433 
4434   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4435     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4436     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4437     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4438     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4439     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4440       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4441 
4442     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4443     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4444 
4445     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4446     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4447     // was qualified.
4448 
4449     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4450                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4451     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4452     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4453     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4454     return NameInfo;
4455   }
4456 
4457   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4458     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4459     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4460     if (Ty.isNull())
4461       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4462     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4463                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4464     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4465     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4466     return NameInfo;
4467   }
4468 
4469   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4470     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4471     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4472     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4473   }
4474 
4475   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4476 
4477   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4478 }
4479 
4480 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4481   do {
4482     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4483       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4484     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4485       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4486     else
4487       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4488   } while (true);
4489 }
4490 
4491 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4492 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4493 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4494 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4495 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4496 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4497 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4498 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4499                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4500                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4501                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4502   Params.clear();
4503   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4504     return false;
4505   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4506     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4507     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4508 
4509     // The parameter types are identical
4510     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4511       continue;
4512 
4513     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4514     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4515     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4516     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4517 
4518     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4519         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4520       Params.push_back(Idx);
4521     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4522       return false;
4523   }
4524 
4525   return true;
4526 }
4527 
4528 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4529 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4530 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4531 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4532 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4533 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4534                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4535   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4536   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4537   //   - types which will become injected class names
4538   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4539   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4540   // few cases here.
4541 
4542   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4543   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4544   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4545   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4546   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4547   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4548     // Grab the type from the parser.
4549     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4550     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4551     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4552 
4553     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4554     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4555     // attached already.
4556     if (!TSI)
4557       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4558 
4559     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4560     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4561     if (!TSI) return true;
4562 
4563     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4564     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4565     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4566     break;
4567   }
4568 
4569   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4570   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4571     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4572     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4573     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4574     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4575     break;
4576   }
4577 
4578   default:
4579     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4580     break;
4581   }
4582 
4583   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4584   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4585     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4586 
4587     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4588     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4589     // pointer.
4590     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4591       continue;
4592 
4593     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4594     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4595     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4596       return true;
4597   }
4598 
4599   return false;
4600 }
4601 
4602 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4603   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4604   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4605 
4606   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4607       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4608     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4609 
4610   return Dcl;
4611 }
4612 
4613 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4614 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4615 ///   name different from T:
4616 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4617 ///     - every member function of class T
4618 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4619 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4620 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4621                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4622   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4623 
4624   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4625     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4626       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4627       return true;
4628     }
4629 
4630   return false;
4631 }
4632 
4633 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4634 /// nested-name-specifier.
4635 ///
4636 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4637 ///
4638 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4639 /// resolves.
4640 ///
4641 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4642 ///
4643 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4644 ///
4645 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4646 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4647                                         DeclarationName Name,
4648                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4649   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4650   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4651     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4652 
4653   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4654   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4655   //
4656   // class X {
4657   //   void X::f();
4658   // };
4659   //
4660   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4661   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4662   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4663     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4664       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4665                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4666         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4667       SS.clear();
4668     } else {
4669       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4670     }
4671     return false;
4672   }
4673 
4674   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4675   // declaration.
4676   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4677     if (Cur->isRecord())
4678       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4679         << Name << SS.getRange();
4680     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4681       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4682         << Name << SS.getRange();
4683     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4684       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4685         << Name << SS.getRange();
4686     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4687       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4688         << Name << SS.getRange();
4689     else
4690       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4691       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4692 
4693     return true;
4694   }
4695 
4696   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4697     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4698     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4699       << Name << SS.getRange();
4700     SS.clear();
4701 
4702     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4703     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4704     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4705     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4706          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4707         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4708                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4709       return true;
4710 
4711     return false;
4712   }
4713 
4714   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4715   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4716   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4717   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4718   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4719     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4720   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4721         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4722     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4723       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4724 
4725   return false;
4726 }
4727 
4728 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4729                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4730   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4731   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4732   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4733 
4734   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4735   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4736   if (!Name) {
4737     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4738       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4739            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4740         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4741     return nullptr;
4742   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4743     return nullptr;
4744 
4745   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4746   // we find one that is.
4747   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4748          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4749     S = S->getParent();
4750 
4751   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4752   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4753     D.setInvalidType();
4754   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4755     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4756                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4757       return nullptr;
4758 
4759     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4760     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4761     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4762       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4763       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4764       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4765       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4766       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4767            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4768         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4769         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4770       return nullptr;
4771     }
4772     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4773 
4774     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4775         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4776       return nullptr;
4777 
4778     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
4779     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4780       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4781            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4782         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4783       return nullptr;
4784     }
4785     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4786       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4787                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4788         if (DC->isRecord())
4789           return nullptr;
4790 
4791         D.setInvalidType();
4792       }
4793     }
4794 
4795     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4796     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4797     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4798         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4799       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4800       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4801         D.setInvalidType();
4802     }
4803   }
4804 
4805   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4806   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4807 
4808   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4809     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4810     // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the
4811     // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it.
4812     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4813       return nullptr;
4814 
4815   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4816                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4817     D.setInvalidType();
4818 
4819   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4820                         ForRedeclaration);
4821 
4822   // If we're hiding internal-linkage symbols in modules from redeclaration
4823   // lookup, let name lookup know.
4824   if ((getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) &&
4825       getLangOpts().ModulesHideInternalLinkage &&
4826       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4827     Previous.setAllowHiddenInternal(false);
4828 
4829   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4830   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4831     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4832     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4833 
4834     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4835     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4836     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4837     //
4838     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4839     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4840     // the same name.
4841     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4842       /* Do nothing*/;
4843     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4844              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4845               R->isFunctionType())) {
4846       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4847       CreateBuiltins =
4848           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4849     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4850                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4851       CreateBuiltins = true;
4852 
4853     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4854       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4855 
4856     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4857   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4858     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4859 
4860     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4861     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4862     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4863     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4864     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4865     //  thereof; [...]
4866     //
4867     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4868     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4869     // we want to match. For example, given:
4870     //
4871     //   class X {
4872     //     void f();
4873     //     void f(float);
4874     //   };
4875     //
4876     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4877     //
4878     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4879     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4880     // matches.
4881 
4882     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4883     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4884     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4885     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4886     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4887   }
4888 
4889   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4890       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4891     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4892     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4893       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4894                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4895 
4896     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4897     Previous.clear();
4898   }
4899 
4900   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4901   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4902   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4903   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4904   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4905       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4906     Previous.clear();
4907 
4908   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4909   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4910   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4911     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4912 
4913   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
4914     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
4915     // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
4916     // template, declared in namespace scope
4917     if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4918       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
4919            diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
4920       return nullptr;
4921     }
4922 
4923     if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
4924       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4925            diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope);
4926       return nullptr;
4927     }
4928   }
4929 
4930   NamedDecl *New;
4931 
4932   bool AddToScope = true;
4933   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4934     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4935       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4936       return nullptr;
4937     }
4938 
4939     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4940   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4941     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4942                                   TemplateParamLists,
4943                                   AddToScope);
4944   } else {
4945     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4946                                   AddToScope);
4947   }
4948 
4949   if (!New)
4950     return nullptr;
4951 
4952   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4953   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4954   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4955        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4956     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4957     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4958     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4959     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4960     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4961     if (!AddToContext)
4962       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4963   }
4964 
4965   return New;
4966 }
4967 
4968 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4969 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4970 /// GCC compatibility).
4971 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4972                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4973                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4974                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4975   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4976   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4977   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4978   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4979   SizeIsNegative = false;
4980   Oversized = 0;
4981 
4982   if (T->isDependentType())
4983     return QualType();
4984 
4985   QualifierCollector Qs;
4986   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4987 
4988   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4989     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4990     QualType FixedType =
4991         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4992                                             Oversized);
4993     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4994     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4995     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4996   }
4997   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4998     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4999     QualType FixedType =
5000         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5001                                             Oversized);
5002     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5003     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
5004     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5005   }
5006 
5007   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
5008   if (!VLATy)
5009     return QualType();
5010   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
5011   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
5012     return QualType();
5013 
5014   llvm::APSInt Res;
5015   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
5016       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
5017     return QualType();
5018 
5019   // Check whether the array size is negative.
5020   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
5021     SizeIsNegative = true;
5022     return QualType();
5023   }
5024 
5025   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
5026   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
5027     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
5028                                               Res);
5029   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
5030     Oversized = Res;
5031     return QualType();
5032   }
5033 
5034   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
5035                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5036 }
5037 
5038 static void
5039 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
5040   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5041   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5042   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
5043     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
5044     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
5045                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
5046     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
5047     return;
5048   }
5049   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5050     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5051     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
5052                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
5053     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
5054     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
5055     return;
5056   }
5057   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5058   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5059   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
5060   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
5061   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
5062   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
5063   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
5064   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
5065 }
5066 
5067 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5068 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5069 /// GCC compatibility).
5070 static TypeSourceInfo*
5071 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5072                                               ASTContext &Context,
5073                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
5074                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5075   QualType FixedTy
5076     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
5077                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5078   if (FixedTy.isNull())
5079     return nullptr;
5080   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
5081   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
5082                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
5083   return FixedTInfo;
5084 }
5085 
5086 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
5087 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
5088 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
5089 /// function-scope declarations.
5090 void
5091 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
5092   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5093       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5094     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
5095     return;
5096 
5097   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
5098   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
5099 }
5100 
5101 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
5102   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
5103   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
5104   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
5105 }
5106 
5107 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
5108 /// does not identify a function.
5109 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
5110   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
5111   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
5112   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
5113     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
5114          diag::err_inline_non_function);
5115 
5116   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
5117     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5118          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5119 
5120   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
5121     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5122          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
5123 
5124   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
5125     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
5126          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
5127 }
5128 
5129 NamedDecl*
5130 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
5131                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
5132   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5133   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5134     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
5135       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5136     D.setInvalidType();
5137     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
5138     DC = CurContext;
5139     Previous.clear();
5140   }
5141 
5142   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5143 
5144   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5145     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
5146       << 1;
5147   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified())
5148     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
5149          diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
5150 
5151   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5152     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
5153       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
5154     return nullptr;
5155   }
5156 
5157   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
5158   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
5159 
5160   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5161   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
5162 
5163   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
5164 
5165   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
5166   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
5167   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
5168   return ND;
5169 }
5170 
5171 void
5172 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
5173   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
5174   // then it shall have block scope.
5175   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
5176   // that redeclarations will match.
5177   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5178   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5179   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5180     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5181 
5182     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5183       bool SizeIsNegative;
5184       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5185       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5186         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5187                                                       SizeIsNegative,
5188                                                       Oversized);
5189       if (FixedTInfo) {
5190         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5191         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5192       } else {
5193         if (SizeIsNegative)
5194           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
5195         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
5196           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
5197         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
5198           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
5199             << Oversized.toString(10);
5200         else
5201           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5202         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5203       }
5204     }
5205   }
5206 }
5207 
5208 
5209 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
5210 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
5211 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
5212 NamedDecl*
5213 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
5214                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
5215   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
5216   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
5217   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
5218                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
5219   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
5220   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5221     Redeclaration = true;
5222     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
5223   }
5224 
5225   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5226   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
5227     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5228         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5229       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
5230         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
5231       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
5232         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5233       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
5234         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5235       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
5236         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
5237     }
5238 
5239   return NewTD;
5240 }
5241 
5242 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
5243 /// previous declaration.
5244 ///
5245 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
5246 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
5247 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
5248 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
5249 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
5250 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
5251 ///
5252 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
5253 /// lookup
5254 ///
5255 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
5256 /// declared.
5257 ///
5258 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
5259 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
5260 static bool
5261 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
5262                                 ASTContext &Context) {
5263   if (!PrevDecl)
5264     return false;
5265 
5266   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
5267     return false;
5268 
5269   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5270     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
5271     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
5272     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
5273     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
5274     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5275     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5276     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5277     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5278       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5279       return false;
5280 
5281     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5282     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5283       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5284       return false;
5285 
5286     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5287     // previous declarations.
5288     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5289     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5290 
5291     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5292     // isn't the same function.
5293     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5294       return false;
5295   }
5296 
5297   return true;
5298 }
5299 
5300 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5301   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5302   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5303   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5304 }
5305 
5306 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5307   QualType type = decl->getType();
5308   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5309   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5310     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5311     unsigned kind = -1U;
5312     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5313       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5314         kind = 0; // __block
5315       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5316         kind = 1; // global
5317     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5318       kind = 3; // ivar
5319     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5320       kind = 2; // field
5321     }
5322 
5323     if (kind != -1U) {
5324       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5325         << kind;
5326     }
5327   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5328     // Try to infer lifetime.
5329     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5330       return false;
5331 
5332     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5333     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5334     decl->setType(type);
5335   }
5336 
5337   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5338     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5339     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5340         var->getTLSKind()) {
5341       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5342         << var->getType();
5343       return true;
5344     }
5345   }
5346 
5347   return false;
5348 }
5349 
5350 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5351   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5352   // the wrong linkage.
5353   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5354 
5355   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5356   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5357     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5358       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5359       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5360     }
5361   }
5362   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5363     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5364       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5365       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5366       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5367     }
5368   }
5369 
5370   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
5371     if (VD->hasInit()) {
5372       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
5373         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
5374                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
5375         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD;
5376         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5377       }
5378     }
5379   }
5380 
5381   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
5382   // It does not apply to functions.
5383   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5384     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5385       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
5386              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5387       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5388     }
5389   }
5390 
5391   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5392     // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external
5393     // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported.
5394     auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND);
5395     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) {
5396       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5397         << &ND << Attr;
5398       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5399     }
5400   }
5401 
5402   // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'.
5403   if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>())
5404     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND))
5405       if (MD->isVirtual()) {
5406         S.Diag(ND.getLocation(),
5407                diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function)
5408             << Attr;
5409         ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>();
5410       }
5411 }
5412 
5413 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5414                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5415                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5416   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5417     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5418   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5419     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5420 
5421   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5422     return;
5423 
5424   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5425   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5426   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5427   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5428 
5429   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5430   // inherited attribute instances.
5431   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5432                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5433 
5434   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5435   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5436   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5437   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5438   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5439 
5440   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5441     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
5442     bool JustWarn = false;
5443     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
5444       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5445       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5446         JustWarn = true;
5447       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5448       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5449         JustWarn = true;
5450     }
5451 
5452     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
5453     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
5454     // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
5455     if (OldDecl->isUsed())
5456       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
5457         JustWarn = false;
5458 
5459     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5460                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5461     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5462         << NewDecl
5463         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5464     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5465     if (!JustWarn) {
5466       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5467       return;
5468     }
5469   }
5470 
5471   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5472   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5473   // and qualified friend declarations.
5474   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5475   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5476   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5477     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5478     // separately.
5479     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5480   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5481     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5482     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5483                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5484   }
5485 
5486   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5487       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5488     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5489            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5490       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5491     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5492     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5493     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5494     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5495   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr &&
5496              !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
5497     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute.
5498     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5499     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5500     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5501            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
5502         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5503   }
5504 }
5505 
5506 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5507 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5508 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5509 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5510   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5511 
5512   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5513   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5514 
5515   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5516   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5517     return false;
5518 
5519   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5520 
5521 #ifndef NDEBUG
5522   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5523   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5524   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5525   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5526   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5527 #endif
5528 
5529   bool isC99Inline =
5530       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5531 
5532 #ifndef NDEBUG
5533   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5534 #endif
5535 
5536   return isC99Inline;
5537 }
5538 
5539 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5540 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5541 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5542 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5543 ///
5544 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5545 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5546 ///
5547 /// For instance:
5548 ///
5549 ///   auto x = []{};
5550 ///
5551 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5552 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5553 ///
5554 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5555 template<typename T>
5556 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5557   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5558     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5559     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5560       return false;
5561 
5562     // So do CUDA's host/device attributes if overloading is enabled.
5563     if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && S.getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads &&
5564         (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
5565          D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()))
5566       return false;
5567   }
5568   return D->isExternC();
5569 }
5570 
5571 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5572   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5573   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5574     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5575   if (DC->isFileContext())
5576     return true;
5577   if (DC->isRecord())
5578     return false;
5579   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5580 }
5581 
5582 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5583   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5584   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5585     return true;
5586   if (DC->isRecord())
5587     return false;
5588   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5589 }
5590 
5591 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5592                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5593   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5594     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5595       return true;
5596   return false;
5597 }
5598 
5599 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5600                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5601   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5602   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5603     return true;
5604 
5605   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5606   // position to the decl itself.
5607   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5608     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5609       return true;
5610   }
5611 
5612   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5613   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5614 }
5615 
5616 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5617 /// function-local external declaration.
5618 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5619   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5620     return false;
5621 
5622   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5623   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5624   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5625   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5626     return true;
5627 
5628   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5629   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5630   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5631   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5632   //
5633   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5634   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5635   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5636     DC = DC->getParent();
5637   return true;
5638 }
5639 
5640 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
5641 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
5642   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
5643     return FD->isExternC();
5644   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
5645     return VD->isExternC();
5646 
5647   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
5648 }
5649 
5650 NamedDecl *
5651 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5652                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5653                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5654                               bool &AddToScope) {
5655   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5656   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5657 
5658   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5659   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5660 
5661   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5662   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5663   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5664       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5665       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5666     SC = SC_Extern;
5667 
5668   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5669   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5670                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5671 
5672   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5673     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5674     QualType NR = R;
5675     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5676       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5677         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5678         D.setInvalidType();
5679         break;
5680       }
5681       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5682     }
5683 
5684     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5685       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5686       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5687       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5688         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5689         D.setInvalidType();
5690       }
5691     }
5692   }
5693 
5694   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5695     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5696     // an error here
5697     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5698     D.setInvalidType();
5699     SC = SC_None;
5700   }
5701 
5702   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5703       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5704                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5705     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5706     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5707     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5708     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5709          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5710       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5711   }
5712 
5713   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5714   if (!II) {
5715     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5716       << Name;
5717     return nullptr;
5718   }
5719 
5720   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5721 
5722   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5723     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5724     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5725     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5726     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5727       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5728       D.setInvalidType();
5729     }
5730   }
5731 
5732   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5733     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5734     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5735     // space qualifiers.
5736     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5737       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5738       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5739     }
5740 
5741     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5742     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5743     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5744     // address space qualifiers.
5745     if (R->isEventT()) {
5746       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5747         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5748         D.setInvalidType();
5749       }
5750 
5751       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5752         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5753         D.setInvalidType();
5754       }
5755     }
5756   }
5757 
5758   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5759   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5760   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5761   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5762   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5763   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5764   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5765   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5766     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5767                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5768                             R, TInfo, SC);
5769 
5770     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5771       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5772 
5773     if (D.isInvalidType())
5774       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5775   } else {
5776     bool Invalid = false;
5777 
5778     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5779       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5780       switch (SC) {
5781       case SC_None:
5782         break;
5783       case SC_Static:
5784         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5785              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5786           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5787         break;
5788       case SC_Auto:
5789       case SC_Register:
5790       case SC_Extern:
5791         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5792         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5793         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5794         // of class members
5795 
5796         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5797              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5798           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5799         break;
5800       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5801         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5802       }
5803     }
5804 
5805     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5806       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5807         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5808           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5809                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5810             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5811 
5812         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5813         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5814         if (RD->isUnion())
5815           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5816                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5817                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5818                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5819         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5820         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5821           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5822                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5823             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5824       }
5825     }
5826 
5827     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5828     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5829     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5830         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5831         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5832         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5833             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5834             : nullptr,
5835         TemplateParamLists,
5836         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5837 
5838     if (TemplateParams) {
5839       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5840           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5841         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5842         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5843         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5844              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5845           << II
5846           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5847                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5848         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5849       } else {
5850         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5851           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5852           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5853           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5854           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5855         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5856           // This is a template declaration.
5857           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5858 
5859           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5860           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5861             return nullptr;
5862 
5863           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5864           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5865                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
5866                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5867                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5868         }
5869       }
5870     } else {
5871       assert(
5872           (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) &&
5873           "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5874     }
5875 
5876     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5877       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5878           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5879               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5880               : SourceLocation();
5881       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5882           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5883           IsPartialSpecialization);
5884       if (Res.isInvalid())
5885         return nullptr;
5886       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5887       AddToScope = false;
5888     } else
5889       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5890                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5891 
5892     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5893     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5894       NewTemplate =
5895           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5896                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5897       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5898     }
5899 
5900     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5901     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5902     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5903       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5904 
5905     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5906       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5907       if (NewTemplate)
5908         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5909     }
5910 
5911     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5912 
5913     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5914     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5915     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5916     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5917       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5918           Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
5919 
5920     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5921       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5922 
5923     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
5924       NewVD->setConcept(true);
5925 
5926       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not
5927       // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr
5928       // specifiers, [...]
5929       if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) {
5930         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5931              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
5932             << 0 << 0;
5933         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5934       }
5935 
5936       if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) {
5937         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
5938              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
5939             << 0 << 3;
5940         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5941       }
5942     }
5943   }
5944 
5945   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5946   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5947   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5948   if (NewTemplate)
5949     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5950 
5951   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5952     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5953 
5954   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
5955   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5956     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5957     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5958     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5959     //   explicitly.
5960     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5961     //   'extern'.
5962     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
5963         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
5964          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
5965          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
5966       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5967            diag::err_thread_non_global)
5968         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5969     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
5970       if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5971         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
5972         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
5973         // error should be ignored.
5974         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
5975         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
5976         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
5977         // to emit any code for it.
5978         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5979       } else
5980         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5981              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5982     } else
5983       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5984   }
5985 
5986   // C99 6.7.4p3
5987   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5988   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5989   //   thread storage duration...
5990   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5991   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5992   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5993   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5994   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5995   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5996       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5997     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5998     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5999       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6000            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
6001       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
6002     }
6003   }
6004 
6005   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6006     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6007       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6008           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
6009           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
6010                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6011     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
6012       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6013         << 2
6014         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6015     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
6016       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
6017         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
6018         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
6019         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6020     else {
6021       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
6022       if (NewTemplate)
6023         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6024     }
6025   }
6026 
6027   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
6028   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
6029 
6030   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
6031     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD))
6032       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6033            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
6034     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
6035     // storage [duration]."
6036     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
6037         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
6038          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
6039       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
6040     }
6041   }
6042 
6043   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
6044   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
6045   // check the VarDecl itself.
6046   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
6047          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
6048          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
6049 
6050   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
6051   // retainable type.
6052   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
6053     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6054 
6055   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6056   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
6057     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6058     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6059     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
6060     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
6061       switch (SC) {
6062       case SC_None:
6063       case SC_Auto:
6064         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
6065         break;
6066       case SC_Register:
6067         // Local Named register
6068         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
6069             DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl()))
6070           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6071         break;
6072       case SC_Static:
6073       case SC_Extern:
6074       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6075         break;
6076       }
6077     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
6078       // Global Named register
6079       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
6080           DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD))
6081         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6082       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
6083         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
6084         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6085       }
6086     }
6087 
6088     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
6089                                                 Context, Label, 0));
6090   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6091     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6092       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
6093     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6094       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
6095         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
6096         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6097       } else
6098         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
6099             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
6100     }
6101   }
6102 
6103   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
6104   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
6105     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
6106 
6107   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
6108   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
6109   // declaration has linkage).
6110   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
6111                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6112                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
6113                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
6114 
6115   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
6116   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
6117   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6118       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
6119     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
6120         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
6121         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
6122 
6123   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6124     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6125   } else {
6126     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
6127     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6128         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
6129       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6130 
6131     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
6132     if (!Previous.empty()) {
6133       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
6134           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
6135           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6136         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
6137         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6138         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
6139           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6140         Previous.clear();
6141         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6142       }
6143     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6144       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
6145       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
6146         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
6147         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6148       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6149     }
6150 
6151     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6152       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6153 
6154     if (NewTemplate) {
6155       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
6156           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
6157               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
6158               : nullptr;
6159 
6160       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
6161       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
6162       // template declaration.
6163       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
6164               TemplateParams,
6165               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
6166                               : nullptr,
6167               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
6168                DC->isDependentContext())
6169                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
6170                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
6171         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6172 
6173       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
6174       // template, make a note of that.
6175       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
6176           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
6177         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
6178     }
6179   }
6180 
6181   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
6182 
6183   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
6184   // the map of such variables.
6185   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6186       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
6187     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
6188 
6189   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6190     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
6191     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
6192             NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
6193       Context.setManglingNumber(
6194           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
6195                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
6196       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
6197     }
6198   }
6199 
6200   // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
6201   if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
6202       NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
6203       !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
6204 
6205     // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
6206     // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
6207     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6208       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
6209 
6210     // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
6211     // behavior.
6212     else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
6213       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
6214   }
6215 
6216   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
6217     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
6218         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
6219         IsExplicitSpecialization);
6220   }
6221 
6222   if (NewTemplate) {
6223     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6224       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6225     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
6226     return NewTemplate;
6227   }
6228 
6229   return NewVD;
6230 }
6231 
6232 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
6233 /// -Wshadow.
6234 ///
6235 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
6236 /// scope.
6237 ///
6238 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
6239 /// \param R the lookup of the name
6240 ///
6241 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
6242   // Return if warning is ignored.
6243   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
6244     return;
6245 
6246   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
6247   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
6248     return;
6249 
6250   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
6251 
6252   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
6253   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
6254     return;
6255 
6256   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6257   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6258     return;
6259 
6260   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
6261   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6262     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
6263       if (MD->isStatic())
6264         return;
6265 
6266   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6267     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
6268       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
6269       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
6270       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
6271         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
6272           ShadowedDecl = I;
6273           break;
6274         }
6275     }
6276 
6277   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6278 
6279   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
6280   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
6281     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
6282     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
6283       return;
6284 
6285     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
6286     // static data members from base classes?
6287 
6288     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
6289     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
6290     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
6291   }
6292 
6293   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
6294   unsigned Kind;
6295   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
6296     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6297       Kind = 3; // field
6298     else
6299       Kind = 2; // static data member
6300   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
6301     Kind = 1; // global
6302   else
6303     Kind = 0; // local
6304 
6305   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
6306 
6307   // Emit warning and note.
6308   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
6309     return;
6310   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
6311   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6312 }
6313 
6314 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
6315 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
6316   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
6317     return;
6318 
6319   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
6320                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6321   LookupName(R, S);
6322   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
6323 }
6324 
6325 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
6326 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
6327 template<typename T>
6328 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
6329     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
6330   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
6331   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
6332 
6333   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6334     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
6335     // declaration.
6336     return false;
6337   }
6338 
6339   if (Prev) {
6340     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6341       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
6342       // redeclaration.
6343       Previous.clear();
6344       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6345       return true;
6346     }
6347 
6348     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
6349     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
6350     // declaration.
6351     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
6352       return false;
6353   } else {
6354     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
6355     // translation unit which might conflict.
6356     if (IsGlobal) {
6357       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
6358       IsGlobal = false;
6359       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6360            I != E; ++I) {
6361         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6362           Prev = *I;
6363           break;
6364         }
6365       }
6366     } else {
6367       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
6368           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
6369       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
6370            I != E; ++I) {
6371         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6372           Prev = *I;
6373           break;
6374         }
6375         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
6376         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
6377         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
6378         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6379         // diagnostic.
6380       }
6381     }
6382 
6383     if (!Prev)
6384       return false;
6385   }
6386 
6387   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6388   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6389   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6390   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6391     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6392   else
6393     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6394 
6395   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6396     << IsGlobal << ND;
6397   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6398     << IsGlobal;
6399   return false;
6400 }
6401 
6402 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6403 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6404 ///
6405 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6406 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6407 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6408 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6409 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6410 template<typename T>
6411 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6412                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6413   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6414     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6415     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6416     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6417     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6418       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6419         Previous.clear();
6420         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6421         return true;
6422       }
6423     }
6424     return false;
6425   }
6426 
6427   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6428   // declaration.
6429   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6430     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6431 
6432   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6433   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6434   // in another scope.
6435   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6436     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6437 
6438   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6439   return false;
6440 }
6441 
6442 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6443   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6444   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6445     return;
6446 
6447   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6448   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6449 
6450   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6451   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6452     return;
6453 
6454   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6455     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6456 
6457   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6458     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6459       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6460     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6461     NewVD->setType(T);
6462   }
6463 
6464   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6465   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6466   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6467   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6468   if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL
6469       && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6470     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6471     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6472     return;
6473   }
6474 
6475   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
6476   // scope.
6477   if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 &&
6478       !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers &&
6479       NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6480     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6481     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6482     return;
6483   }
6484 
6485   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6486   // __constant address space.
6487   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static
6488   // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global
6489   // address space.
6490   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6491     if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) {
6492       if (!T->isSamplerT() &&
6493           !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6494             (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global &&
6495              getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) {
6496         if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200)
6497           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
6498               << "global or constant";
6499         else
6500           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
6501               << "constant";
6502         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6503         return;
6504       }
6505     } else {
6506       // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static
6507       // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global
6508       // address space.
6509       if (NewVD->isStaticLocal() &&
6510           !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6511             (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global &&
6512              getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) {
6513         if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200)
6514           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
6515               << "global or constant";
6516         else
6517           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
6518               << "constant";
6519         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6520         return;
6521       }
6522       // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables
6523       // in functions.
6524       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6525           T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
6526         FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl();
6527         if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
6528           if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
6529             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable)
6530                 << "constant";
6531           else
6532             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable)
6533                 << "local";
6534           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6535           return;
6536         }
6537       }
6538     }
6539   }
6540 
6541   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6542       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6543     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6544       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6545     else {
6546       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6547       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6548     }
6549   }
6550 
6551   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6552   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6553       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6554     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6555 
6556   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6557       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6558     bool SizeIsNegative;
6559     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6560     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6561       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6562                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6563     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6564       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6565       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6566       // int a[10][n];
6567       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6568 
6569       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6570         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6571         << SizeRange;
6572       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6573         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6574         << SizeRange;
6575       else
6576         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6577         << SizeRange;
6578       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6579       return;
6580     }
6581 
6582     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6583       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6584         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6585       else
6586         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6587       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6588       return;
6589     }
6590 
6591     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6592     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6593     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6594   }
6595 
6596   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6597     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6598     //                    of objects and functions.
6599     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6600       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6601         << T;
6602       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6603       return;
6604     }
6605   }
6606 
6607   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6608     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6609     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6610     return;
6611   }
6612 
6613   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6614     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6615     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6616     return;
6617   }
6618 
6619   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6620       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6621                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6622     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6623     return;
6624   }
6625 }
6626 
6627 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6628 /// declaration.
6629 ///
6630 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6631 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6632 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6633 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6634 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6635 ///
6636 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6637 ///
6638 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6639 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6640   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6641 
6642   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6643   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6644     return false;
6645 
6646   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6647   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6648   if (Previous.empty() &&
6649       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6650     Previous.setShadowed();
6651 
6652   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6653     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6654     return true;
6655   }
6656   return false;
6657 }
6658 
6659 namespace {
6660 struct FindOverriddenMethod {
6661   Sema *S;
6662   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6663 
6664   /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6665   /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6666   /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6667   bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
6668     RecordDecl *BaseRecord =
6669         Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6670 
6671     DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName();
6672 
6673     // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6674     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6675       // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6676       QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6677       CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6678 
6679       Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6680     }
6681 
6682     for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty();
6683          Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6684       NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6685       if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6686         if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false))
6687           return true;
6688       }
6689     }
6690 
6691     return false;
6692   }
6693 };
6694 
6695 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6696 } // end anonymous namespace
6697 
6698 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6699 /// overriden methods.
6700 ///
6701 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6702 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6703 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6704 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6705                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6706   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6707   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6708                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6709        I != E; ++I) {
6710     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6711     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6712     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6713     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6714         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6715         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6716       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6717   }
6718 }
6719 
6720 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6721 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6722 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6723   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
6724   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6725   FindOverriddenMethod FOM;
6726   FOM.Method = MD;
6727   FOM.S = this;
6728   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6729   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6730   bool AddedAny = false;
6731   if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) {
6732     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6733       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6734         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6735         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6736             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6737             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6738             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6739           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6740           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6741           AddedAny = true;
6742         }
6743       }
6744     }
6745   }
6746 
6747   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6748     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6749   }
6750   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6751     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6752   }
6753 
6754   return AddedAny;
6755 }
6756 
6757 namespace {
6758   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6759   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6760   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6761     Scope *S;
6762     Declarator &D;
6763     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6764     bool AddToScope;
6765   };
6766 }
6767 
6768 namespace {
6769 
6770 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6771 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6772 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6773  public:
6774   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6775                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6776       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6777         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6778 
6779   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6780     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6781       return false;
6782 
6783     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6784     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6785                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6786          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6787       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6788 
6789       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6790           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6791         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6792           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6793           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6794             return true;
6795         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6796           return true;
6797         }
6798       }
6799     }
6800 
6801     return false;
6802   }
6803 
6804  private:
6805   ASTContext &Context;
6806   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6807   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6808 };
6809 
6810 }
6811 
6812 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6813 ///
6814 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6815 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6816 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6817 /// the same name.
6818 ///
6819 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6820 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6821 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6822     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6823     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6824   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6825   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6826   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6827   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6828   TypoCorrection Correction;
6829   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6830   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6831                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6832   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6833                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6834                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6835                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6836 
6837   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6838   if (IsLocalFriend)
6839     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6840   else
6841     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6842   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6843          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6844   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6845   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6846     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6847          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6848       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6849       if (FD &&
6850           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6851         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6852         // involve a parameter
6853         unsigned ParamNum =
6854             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6855         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6856       }
6857     }
6858   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6859   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6860                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6861                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6862                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
6863                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
6864                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6865     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6866     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6867                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6868     Previous.clear();
6869     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6870     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6871                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6872          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6873       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6874       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6875           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6876         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6877       }
6878     }
6879     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6880 
6881     NamedDecl *Result;
6882     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6883     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6884     {
6885       // Trap errors.
6886       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6887 
6888       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6889       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6890       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6891       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6892           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6893           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6894           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6895           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6896 
6897       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6898         Result = nullptr;
6899     }
6900 
6901     if (Result) {
6902       // Determine which correction we picked.
6903       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6904       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6905            I != E; ++I)
6906         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6907           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6908 
6909       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6910           Correction,
6911           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6912                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6913                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6914             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6915       return Result;
6916     }
6917 
6918     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6919     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6920                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6921     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6922     Previous.clear();
6923     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6924   }
6925 
6926   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6927       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6928 
6929   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6930   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6931     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6932 
6933   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6934        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6935        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6936     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6937     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6938     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6939     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6940 
6941     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6942     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6943       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6944       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6945       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6946       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6947                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6948         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6949         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6950     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6951       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6952           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6953     } else
6954       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6955                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6956                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6957   }
6958   return nullptr;
6959 }
6960 
6961 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
6962   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6963   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6964   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6965   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6966   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6967     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6968                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6969     D.setInvalidType();
6970     break;
6971   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6972   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6973     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6974       return SC_None;
6975     return SC_Extern;
6976   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6977     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6978       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6979       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6980       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6981       //   other than extern
6982       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6983       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6984                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6985       break;
6986     } else
6987       return SC_Static;
6988   }
6989   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6990   }
6991 
6992   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6993   return SC_None;
6994 }
6995 
6996 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6997                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6998                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6999                                            StorageClass SC,
7000                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
7001   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7002   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7003 
7004   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
7005   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7006 
7007   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7008     // Determine whether the function was written with a
7009     // prototype. This true when:
7010     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
7011     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
7012     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
7013     bool HasPrototype =
7014       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
7015       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
7016 
7017     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7018                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
7019                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
7020                                  HasPrototype, false);
7021     if (D.isInvalidType())
7022       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7023 
7024     return NewFD;
7025   }
7026 
7027   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7028   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7029 
7030   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
7031   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
7032   // the class has been completely parsed.
7033   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
7034       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
7035           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
7036           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
7037     D.setInvalidType();
7038 
7039   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
7040     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
7041     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
7042            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
7043 
7044     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7045     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7046                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
7047                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
7048                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
7049                                       isConstexpr);
7050 
7051   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7052     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
7053     if (DC->isRecord()) {
7054       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7055       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
7056       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
7057                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
7058                                         D.getLocStart(),
7059                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
7060                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
7061 
7062       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
7063       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
7064       // it yet.
7065       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
7066           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
7067           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
7068         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
7069       }
7070 
7071       IsVirtualOkay = true;
7072       return NewDD;
7073 
7074     } else {
7075       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
7076       D.setInvalidType();
7077 
7078       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
7079       // code path.
7080       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7081                                   D.getLocStart(),
7082                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
7083                                   SC, isInline,
7084                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
7085     }
7086 
7087   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
7088     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
7089       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7090            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
7091       return nullptr;
7092     }
7093 
7094     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7095     IsVirtualOkay = true;
7096     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7097                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
7098                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
7099                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7100 
7101   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
7102     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
7103     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
7104     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
7105     // constructor if it has no return type).
7106     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
7107         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
7108       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
7109         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
7110         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7111       return nullptr;
7112     }
7113 
7114     // This is a C++ method declaration.
7115     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
7116                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7117                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
7118                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
7119                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7120     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
7121     return Ret;
7122   } else {
7123     bool isFriend =
7124         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7125     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
7126       return nullptr;
7127 
7128     // Determine whether the function was written with a
7129     // prototype. This true when:
7130     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
7131     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7132                                 D.getLocStart(),
7133                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
7134                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
7135   }
7136 }
7137 
7138 enum OpenCLParamType {
7139   ValidKernelParam,
7140   PtrPtrKernelParam,
7141   PtrKernelParam,
7142   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
7143   InvalidKernelParam,
7144   RecordKernelParam
7145 };
7146 
7147 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
7148   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
7149     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
7150     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
7151       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
7152     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
7153                                               : PtrKernelParam;
7154   }
7155 
7156   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
7157   // be used as builtin types.
7158 
7159   if (PT->isImageType())
7160     return PtrKernelParam;
7161 
7162   if (PT->isBooleanType())
7163     return InvalidKernelParam;
7164 
7165   if (PT->isEventT())
7166     return InvalidKernelParam;
7167 
7168   if (PT->isHalfType())
7169     return InvalidKernelParam;
7170 
7171   if (PT->isRecordType())
7172     return RecordKernelParam;
7173 
7174   return ValidKernelParam;
7175 }
7176 
7177 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
7178   Sema &S,
7179   Declarator &D,
7180   ParmVarDecl *Param,
7181   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
7182   QualType PT = Param->getType();
7183 
7184   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
7185   // used again
7186   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
7187     return;
7188 
7189   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
7190   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
7191     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7192     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7193     // pointer to a pointer type.
7194     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
7195     D.setInvalidType();
7196     return;
7197 
7198   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
7199     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7200     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7201     // pointer to the private address space.
7202     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
7203     D.setInvalidType();
7204     return;
7205 
7206     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
7207     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
7208     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
7209     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
7210     // one of these built-in scalar types.
7211 
7212   case InvalidKernelParam:
7213     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
7214     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
7215     // of event_t type.
7216     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7217     D.setInvalidType();
7218     return;
7219 
7220   case PtrKernelParam:
7221   case ValidKernelParam:
7222     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
7223     return;
7224 
7225   case RecordKernelParam:
7226     break;
7227   }
7228 
7229   // Track nested structs we will inspect
7230   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
7231 
7232   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
7233   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
7234   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
7235   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
7236 
7237   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7238   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
7239 
7240   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
7241 
7242   do {
7243     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
7244     if (!Next) {
7245       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
7246       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
7247       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
7248         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
7249 
7250       continue;
7251     }
7252 
7253     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
7254     // field itself) to the history stack.
7255     const RecordDecl *RD;
7256     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
7257       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
7258       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7259     } else {
7260       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
7261     }
7262 
7263     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
7264     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
7265 
7266     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
7267       QualType QT = FD->getType();
7268 
7269       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
7270         continue;
7271 
7272       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
7273       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
7274         continue;
7275 
7276       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
7277         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
7278         continue;
7279       }
7280 
7281       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
7282       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
7283       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
7284       // union.
7285       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
7286           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
7287         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
7288                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
7289           << PT->isUnionType()
7290           << PT;
7291       } else {
7292         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7293       }
7294 
7295       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7296         << PD->getDeclName();
7297 
7298       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
7299       // the offending field came from
7300       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
7301                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
7302                E = HistoryStack.end();
7303            I != E; ++I) {
7304         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
7305         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7306           << OuterField->getType();
7307       }
7308 
7309       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
7310         << QT->isPointerType()
7311         << QT;
7312       D.setInvalidType();
7313       return;
7314     }
7315   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
7316 }
7317 
7318 NamedDecl*
7319 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
7320                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
7321                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
7322                               bool &AddToScope) {
7323   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
7324 
7325   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
7326 
7327   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
7328   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7329   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7330   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
7331 
7332   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
7333     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7334          diag::err_invalid_thread)
7335       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7336 
7337   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
7338     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(),
7339                            D.getIdentifierLoc());
7340 
7341   bool isFriend = false;
7342   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
7343   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7344   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7345 
7346   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
7347   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7348   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
7349 
7350   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
7351 
7352   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
7353   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
7354 
7355   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
7356                                               isVirtualOkay);
7357   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
7358 
7359   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
7360     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
7361 
7362   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
7363   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
7364   // context will be different from the semantic context.
7365   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7366 
7367   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
7368     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
7369 
7370   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7371     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7372     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
7373     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7374     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7375     bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified();
7376     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7377     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7378       // C++ [class.friend]p5
7379       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
7380       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
7381       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7382     }
7383 
7384     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
7385     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
7386     // return true).
7387     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
7388           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
7389       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
7390         NewFD->setPure(true);
7391 
7392       // C++ [class.union]p2
7393       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
7394       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
7395         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
7396     }
7397 
7398     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
7399     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7400     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7401     if (D.isInvalidType())
7402       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7403 
7404     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7405     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7406     bool Invalid = false;
7407     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
7408             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7409                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7410                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7411                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
7412                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
7413                     : nullptr,
7414                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
7415                 Invalid)) {
7416       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7417         // This is a function template
7418 
7419         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7420         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7421           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7422 
7423         // A destructor cannot be a template.
7424         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7425           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
7426           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7427         }
7428 
7429         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7430         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7431         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7432         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7433           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7434           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7435             Invalid = true;
7436         }
7437 
7438 
7439         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7440                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7441                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7442                                                         NewFD);
7443         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7444         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7445 
7446         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7447         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7448           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7449                                                TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1));
7450         }
7451       } else {
7452         // This is a function template specialization.
7453         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7454         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7455         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7456           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
7457 
7458         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
7459         if (isFriend) {
7460           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
7461           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7462 
7463           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
7464           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
7465           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
7466           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
7467           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
7468           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
7469           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7470             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
7471             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
7472           }
7473 
7474           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
7475             << Name << RemoveRange
7476             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
7477             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
7478         }
7479       }
7480     }
7481     else {
7482       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
7483       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
7484       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7485         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7486         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
7487     }
7488 
7489     if (Invalid) {
7490       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7491       if (FunctionTemplate)
7492         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7493     }
7494 
7495     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7496     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7497     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7498     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7499     //
7500     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7501       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7502         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7503              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7504       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7505         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7506         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7507              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7508           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7509       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7510         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7511         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7512         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7513              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7514           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7515       } else {
7516         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7517         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7518       }
7519 
7520       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7521           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7522         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7523     }
7524 
7525     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7526         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7527          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7528         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7529       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7530       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7531       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7532       // thing to do.
7533       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7534       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7535       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7536           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7537       QualType Result =
7538           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7539       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7540                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7541     }
7542 
7543     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7544     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7545     //  declaration.
7546     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7547       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7548         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7549         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7550              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7551           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7552       }
7553     }
7554 
7555     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7556     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7557     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7558     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7559     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7560       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7561         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7562         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7563              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7564           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7565       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7566                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7567         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7568         // or conversion function.
7569         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7570              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7571           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7572       }
7573     }
7574 
7575     if (isConstexpr) {
7576       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7577       // are implicitly inline.
7578       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7579 
7580       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7581       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7582       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7583       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7584         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7585     }
7586 
7587     if (isConcept) {
7588       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
7589       // applied only to the definition of a function template [...]
7590       if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7591         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
7592              diag::err_function_concept_not_defined);
7593         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7594       }
7595 
7596       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall
7597       // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified
7598       // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...]
7599       if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7600         if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
7601           SourceRange Range;
7602           if (D.isFunctionDeclarator())
7603             Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange();
7604           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec)
7605               << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range);
7606           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7607         } else {
7608           Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept);
7609         }
7610 
7611         // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the
7612         // following restrictions:
7613         // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty
7614         //   parameter list.
7615         if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic())
7616           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params);
7617       }
7618 
7619       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is
7620       // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline)
7621       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7622 
7623       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not
7624       // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr
7625       // specifiers, [...]
7626       if (isInline) {
7627         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7628              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
7629             << 1 << 1;
7630         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7631       }
7632 
7633       if (isFriend) {
7634         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(),
7635              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
7636             << 1 << 2;
7637         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7638       }
7639 
7640       if (isConstexpr) {
7641         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7642              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
7643             << 1 << 3;
7644         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7645       }
7646     }
7647 
7648     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7649     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7650       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7651         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7652           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7653         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7654           << 0
7655           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7656       } else {
7657         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7658         if (FunctionTemplate)
7659           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7660       }
7661     }
7662 
7663     if (isFriend) {
7664       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7665         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7666         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7667       }
7668       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7669       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7670     }
7671 
7672     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7673     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7674     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7675     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7676       case FDK_Declaration:
7677       case FDK_Definition:
7678         break;
7679 
7680       case FDK_Defaulted:
7681         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7682         break;
7683 
7684       case FDK_Deleted:
7685         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7686         break;
7687     }
7688 
7689     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7690         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7691       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7692       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7693       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7694       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7695     }
7696 
7697     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7698         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7699       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7700       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7701       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7702       //   the class.
7703 
7704       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7705       // member function definition.
7706       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7707            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7708         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7709     }
7710 
7711     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7712     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7713     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7714     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7715     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7716          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7717         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7718       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7719           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7720           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7721   }
7722 
7723   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7724   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7725                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7726                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7727                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7728 
7729   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7730   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7731     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7732     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7733     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7734                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7735   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7736     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7737       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7738     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7739       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
7740         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7741         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7742       } else
7743         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
7744             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
7745     }
7746   }
7747 
7748   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7749   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7750   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7751   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7752     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7753 
7754     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7755     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7756     // single void argument.
7757     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7758     // already checks for that case.
7759     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7760       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7761         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7762         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7763         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7764         Params.push_back(Param);
7765 
7766         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7767           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7768       }
7769     }
7770 
7771   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7772     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7773     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7774     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7775     //
7776     // @code
7777     // typedef void fn(int);
7778     // fn f;
7779     // @endcode
7780 
7781     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7782     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7783       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7784           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7785       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7786       Params.push_back(Param);
7787     }
7788   } else {
7789     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7790            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7791   }
7792 
7793   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7794   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7795 
7796   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7797   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7798   //
7799   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7800   //
7801   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7802   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7803   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7804 
7805   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7806     NewFD->addAttr(
7807         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7808                                        Context, 0));
7809 
7810   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7811   // because all functions have linkage.
7812   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7813       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7814     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7815     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7816   }
7817 
7818   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
7819   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7820       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7821     NewFD->addAttr(
7822         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7823                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7824                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7825     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7826                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
7827                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
7828                      NewFD))
7829       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7830   }
7831 
7832   // Handle attributes.
7833   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7834 
7835   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7836     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7837     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7838     unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
7839     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7840         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7841         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7842       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7843            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7844       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7845     }
7846   }
7847 
7848   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7849     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7850     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7851     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7852       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7853 
7854     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7855       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7856 
7857     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7858       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7859                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7860     else if (!Previous.empty())
7861       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7862       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7863     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7864             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7865            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7866 
7867     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
7868     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
7869     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
7870     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
7871     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7872       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
7873       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
7874         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
7875         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
7876         int DiagID =
7877             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
7878         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
7879             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
7880       }
7881     }
7882   } else {
7883     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7884     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7885     //
7886     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7887     //
7888     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7889     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7890     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7891         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7892         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7893       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7894            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7895         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7896 
7897     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7898     // argument list into our AST format.
7899     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7900       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7901       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7902       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7903       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7904                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7905       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7906                                  TemplateArgs);
7907 
7908       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7909 
7910       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7911         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7912       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7913         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7914         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7915           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7916 
7917         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7918       } else {
7919         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7920                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7921                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7922         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7923         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7924       }
7925     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7926       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7927       // wrote something like:
7928       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7929       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7930       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7931       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7932       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7933       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7934       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7935     }
7936 
7937     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7938     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7939     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7940     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7941     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7942     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7943         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7944          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7945             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7946             InstantiationDependent))) {
7947       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7948              "friend function specialization without template args");
7949       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7950                                                        Previous))
7951         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7952     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7953       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7954           && !isFriend) {
7955         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7956         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7957           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7958           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7959           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7960       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7961                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7962                                                            : nullptr),
7963                                                      Previous))
7964         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7965 
7966       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7967       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7968       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7969       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7970           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7971       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7972         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7973           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7974                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7975             << SC
7976             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7977                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7978 
7979         else
7980           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7981                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7982             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7983                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7984       }
7985 
7986     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7987       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7988           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7989     }
7990 
7991     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7992     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7993       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7994         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7995 
7996       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7997         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7998 
7999       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8000         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
8001                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
8002       else if (!Previous.empty())
8003         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
8004         D.setRedeclaration(true);
8005     }
8006 
8007     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
8008             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
8009            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
8010 
8011     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
8012                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
8013                                 : NewFD);
8014 
8015     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
8016       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
8017       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8018         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
8019 
8020       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
8021       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
8022     }
8023 
8024     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
8025         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
8026       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
8027 
8028     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
8029     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
8030     if (FunctionTemplate) {
8031       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
8032                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
8033       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
8034                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
8035                                     : nullptr,
8036                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
8037                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
8038                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
8039                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
8040                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
8041                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
8042                                  DC->isDependentContext())
8043                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
8044                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
8045     }
8046 
8047     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8048       // Ignore all the rest of this.
8049     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
8050       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
8051                                        AddToScope };
8052       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
8053       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
8054         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
8055 
8056       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
8057       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
8058         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
8059         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
8060 
8061         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
8062         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
8063         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
8064         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
8065         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
8066         // can actually do this check immediately.
8067         if (isFriend &&
8068             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
8069              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
8070              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
8071           // ignore these
8072         } else {
8073           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
8074           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
8075           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
8076           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
8077           //
8078           // class X {
8079           //   void f() const;
8080           // };
8081           //
8082           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
8083           //
8084           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
8085           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
8086           // whether the parameter types are references).
8087 
8088           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8089                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
8090             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
8091             return Result;
8092           }
8093         }
8094 
8095         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
8096         // to something.
8097       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
8098         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8099                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
8100           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
8101           return Result;
8102         }
8103       }
8104 
8105     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
8106                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
8107                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
8108                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
8109       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
8110       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
8111       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
8112       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
8113       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
8114       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
8115       // generate them.
8116       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
8117         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
8118     }
8119   }
8120 
8121   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
8122   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
8123 
8124   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
8125 
8126   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
8127       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8128     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8129          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
8130       << NewFD;
8131 
8132     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
8133     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
8134     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
8135         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
8136     EPI.Variadic = true;
8137     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
8138 
8139     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
8140     NewFD->setType(R);
8141   }
8142 
8143   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8144   // member, set the visibility of this function.
8145   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
8146     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
8147 
8148   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
8149   // marking the function.
8150   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
8151 
8152   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
8153   // a pragma.
8154   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
8155     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
8156 
8157   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
8158   // the map of such variables.
8159   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8160       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
8161     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
8162 
8163   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
8164   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
8165 
8166   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
8167     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
8168         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
8169         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
8170   }
8171 
8172   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8173     if (FunctionTemplate) {
8174       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8175         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
8176       return FunctionTemplate;
8177     }
8178   }
8179 
8180   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
8181     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
8182     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
8183         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
8184       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
8185       D.setInvalidType();
8186     }
8187 
8188     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
8189     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
8190       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8191       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
8192           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
8193                                 : FixItHint());
8194       D.setInvalidType();
8195     }
8196 
8197     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
8198     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
8199       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
8200   }
8201 
8202   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
8203 
8204   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
8205     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
8206       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8207           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
8208         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
8209           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
8210             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
8211 
8212           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
8213         }
8214       }
8215 
8216   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
8217   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
8218   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
8219   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8220     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
8221                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
8222                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
8223                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
8224                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
8225     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
8226     AddToScope = false;
8227   }
8228 
8229   return NewFD;
8230 }
8231 
8232 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
8233 ///
8234 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
8235 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
8236 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
8237 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
8238 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
8239 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
8240 /// via InstantiateDecl).
8241 ///
8242 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
8243 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
8244 ///
8245 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
8246 ///
8247 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
8248 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8249                                     LookupResult &Previous,
8250                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
8251   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
8252          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
8253 
8254   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
8255   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
8256   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
8257   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8258                                !Previous.isShadowed();
8259 
8260   bool Redeclaration = false;
8261   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
8262 
8263   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
8264   // the same name, if appropriate.
8265   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8266     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
8267     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
8268     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
8269     // function to the scope.
8270     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
8271       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8272       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
8273         Redeclaration = true;
8274         OldDecl = Candidate;
8275       }
8276     } else {
8277       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
8278                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
8279       case Ovl_Match:
8280         Redeclaration = true;
8281         break;
8282 
8283       case Ovl_NonFunction:
8284         Redeclaration = true;
8285         break;
8286 
8287       case Ovl_Overload:
8288         Redeclaration = false;
8289         break;
8290       }
8291 
8292       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8293         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
8294         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
8295         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8296           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8297         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
8298         if (Redeclaration)
8299           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
8300         else if (!Previous.empty())
8301           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8302         if (OverloadedDecl)
8303           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
8304                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8305         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8306       }
8307     }
8308   }
8309 
8310   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
8311   if (!Redeclaration &&
8312       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
8313     if (!Previous.empty()) {
8314       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
8315       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
8316       Redeclaration = true;
8317       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
8318       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
8319 
8320       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
8321       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8322         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8323           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8324             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8325           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
8326                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8327           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8328         }
8329         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
8330           Redeclaration = false;
8331           OldDecl = nullptr;
8332         }
8333       }
8334     }
8335   }
8336 
8337   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
8338   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
8339   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
8340   //
8341   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
8342   // definition of a static member function.
8343   //
8344   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
8345   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
8346   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8347   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
8348       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
8349       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
8350     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
8351     if (OldDecl)
8352       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
8353     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
8354       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
8355         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8356       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
8357       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
8358       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
8359                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
8360 
8361       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
8362       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
8363       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8364         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
8365         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
8366                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
8367           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
8368 
8369         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
8370           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
8371       }
8372     }
8373   }
8374 
8375   if (Redeclaration) {
8376     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
8377     // merged.
8378     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
8379       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8380       return Redeclaration;
8381     }
8382 
8383     Previous.clear();
8384     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
8385 
8386     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
8387                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
8388       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
8389       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
8390         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
8391       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
8392       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
8393             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
8394         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8395         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8396       }
8397 
8398       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
8399       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
8400       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
8401           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
8402         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
8403         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
8404       }
8405 
8406     } else {
8407       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
8408       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
8409 
8410       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8411         NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
8412     }
8413   }
8414 
8415   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
8416 
8417   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8418     // C++-specific checks.
8419     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8420       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
8421     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
8422                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8423       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
8424       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
8425 
8426       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
8427       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
8428       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
8429         DeclarationName Name
8430           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
8431                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
8432         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
8433           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
8434           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8435           return Redeclaration;
8436         }
8437       }
8438     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
8439                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8440       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
8441     }
8442 
8443     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
8444     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8445       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
8446           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
8447           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
8448         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
8449           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
8450           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8451             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
8452           }
8453         }
8454       }
8455 
8456       if (Method->isStatic())
8457         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
8458     }
8459 
8460     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
8461     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
8462         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8463       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8464       return Redeclaration;
8465     }
8466 
8467     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
8468     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
8469         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8470       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8471       return Redeclaration;
8472     }
8473 
8474     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
8475     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
8476     // during delayed parsing anyway.
8477     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
8478       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
8479 
8480     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
8481     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
8482     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
8483       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
8484       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
8485       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
8486       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
8487         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
8488         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
8489         Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
8490       }
8491     }
8492 
8493     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
8494     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
8495     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
8496     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
8497     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
8498       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
8499       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
8500         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
8501             << NewFD << R;
8502       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
8503                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8504         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
8505     }
8506   }
8507   return Redeclaration;
8508 }
8509 
8510 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
8511   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
8512   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
8513   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
8514   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
8515   //   appear in a declaration of main.
8516   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
8517   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
8518   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8519     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8520          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
8521       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8522   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
8523     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
8524       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
8525   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
8526     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
8527     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
8528     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
8529     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
8530       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
8531   }
8532   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
8533     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
8534       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
8535     FD->setConstexpr(false);
8536   }
8537 
8538   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8539     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
8540         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
8541     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8542     return;
8543   }
8544 
8545   QualType T = FD->getType();
8546   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8547   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8548 
8549   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8550     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
8551     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
8552     // implicit-return-zero rule.
8553 
8554     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
8555     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8556       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8557     else {
8558       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
8559       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8560       if (RTRange.isValid())
8561         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
8562             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
8563     }
8564   } else {
8565     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
8566     // set the flag which tells us that.
8567     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
8568 
8569     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
8570     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8571       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8572     else {
8573       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
8574       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8575       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
8576           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
8577                                 : FixItHint());
8578       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8579     }
8580   }
8581 
8582   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8583   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8584 
8585   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8586   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8587   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8588 
8589   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8590 
8591   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
8592     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
8593     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
8594     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
8595   }
8596 
8597   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8598   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8599   // getting shifty.
8600   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8601     HasExtraParameters = false;
8602 
8603   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8604     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8605     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8606     nparams = 3;
8607   }
8608 
8609   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8610   // if we had some location information about types.
8611 
8612   QualType CharPP =
8613     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8614   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8615 
8616   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8617     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8618 
8619     bool mismatch = true;
8620 
8621     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8622       mismatch = false;
8623     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8624       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8625       //   char const **
8626       //   char const * const *
8627       //   char * const *
8628 
8629       QualifierCollector qs;
8630       const PointerType* PT;
8631       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8632           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8633           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8634                               Context.CharTy)) {
8635         qs.removeConst();
8636         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8637       }
8638     }
8639 
8640     if (mismatch) {
8641       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8642       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8643       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8644     }
8645   }
8646 
8647   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8648     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8649   }
8650 
8651   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8652     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8653     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8654   }
8655 }
8656 
8657 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8658   QualType T = FD->getType();
8659   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8660   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8661 
8662   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8663   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8664   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8665       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8666       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8667     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8668     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8669       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8670 
8671   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8672     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8673     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8674   }
8675 }
8676 
8677 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8678   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8679   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8680   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8681   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8682   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8683   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8684   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8685   // rules there don't matter.)
8686   const Expr *Culprit;
8687   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8688     return false;
8689   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8690     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8691   return true;
8692 }
8693 
8694 namespace {
8695   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8696   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8697   class SelfReferenceChecker
8698       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8699     Sema &S;
8700     Decl *OrigDecl;
8701     bool isRecordType;
8702     bool isPODType;
8703     bool isReferenceType;
8704 
8705     bool isInitList;
8706     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
8707   public:
8708     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8709 
8710     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8711                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8712       isPODType = false;
8713       isRecordType = false;
8714       isReferenceType = false;
8715       isInitList = false;
8716       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8717         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8718         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8719         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8720       }
8721     }
8722 
8723     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
8724     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
8725     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
8726     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
8727       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
8728       if (!InitList) {
8729         Visit(E);
8730         return;
8731       }
8732 
8733       // Track and increment the index here.
8734       isInitList = true;
8735       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
8736       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
8737         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
8738         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
8739       }
8740       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
8741     }
8742 
8743     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
8744     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
8745     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
8746       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
8747       Expr *Base = E;
8748       bool ReferenceField = false;
8749 
8750       // Get the field memebers used.
8751       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8752         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
8753         if (!FD)
8754           return false;
8755         Fields.push_back(FD);
8756         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
8757           ReferenceField = true;
8758         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8759       }
8760 
8761       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
8762       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
8763       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
8764         return false;
8765 
8766       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
8767       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
8768         return true;
8769 
8770       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
8771       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
8772       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
8773         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
8774 
8775       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
8776       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
8777       // initialized, then the use is safe.
8778       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
8779                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
8780                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
8781                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
8782            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
8783         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
8784           return true;
8785         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
8786           break;
8787       }
8788 
8789       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
8790       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8791       return true;
8792     }
8793 
8794     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8795     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8796     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8797     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8798       E = E->IgnoreParens();
8799       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8800         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8801         return;
8802       }
8803 
8804       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8805         Visit(CO->getCond());
8806         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8807         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8808         return;
8809       }
8810 
8811       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
8812               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8813         Visit(BCO->getCond());
8814         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
8815         return;
8816       }
8817 
8818       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
8819         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
8820         return;
8821       }
8822 
8823       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8824         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
8825           Visit(BO->getLHS());
8826           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
8827           return;
8828         }
8829       }
8830 
8831       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8832         if (isInitList) {
8833           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
8834                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
8835             return;
8836         }
8837 
8838         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8839         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8840           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8841           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8842             return;
8843           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8844         }
8845         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8846           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8847         return;
8848       }
8849 
8850       Visit(E);
8851     }
8852 
8853     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
8854     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
8855     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8856       if (isReferenceType)
8857         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8858     }
8859 
8860     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8861       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
8862         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8863         return;
8864       }
8865 
8866       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8867     }
8868 
8869     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8870       if (isInitList) {
8871         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
8872           return;
8873       }
8874 
8875       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8876       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8877 
8878       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8879       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8880       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8881       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8882       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8883       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8884         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8885           Warn = false;
8886         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8887       }
8888 
8889       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8890         if (Warn)
8891           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8892         return;
8893       }
8894 
8895       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8896       // Visit that expression.
8897       Visit(Base);
8898     }
8899 
8900     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8901       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
8902 
8903       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
8904         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8905 
8906       Visit(Callee);
8907       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
8908         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8909     }
8910 
8911     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8912       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8913       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8914           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8915         if (!isPODType)
8916           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8917         return;
8918       }
8919 
8920       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
8921         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8922         return;
8923       }
8924 
8925       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8926     }
8927 
8928     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8929 
8930     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
8931       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
8932         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
8933         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
8934           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
8935             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
8936         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
8937           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
8938             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
8939         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
8940         return;
8941       }
8942       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
8943     }
8944 
8945     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
8946       // Treat std::move as a use.
8947       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
8948         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
8949           if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() &&
8950               FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
8951             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
8952             return;
8953           }
8954         }
8955       }
8956 
8957       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
8958     }
8959 
8960     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
8961       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
8962         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
8963         Visit(E->getRHS());
8964         return;
8965       }
8966 
8967       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
8968     }
8969 
8970     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
8971     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
8972     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
8973     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
8974       Visit(E->getCond());
8975       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
8976     }
8977 
8978     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8979       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8980       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8981       unsigned diag;
8982       if (isReferenceType) {
8983         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8984       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8985         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8986       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8987                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8988                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
8989         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8990       } else {
8991         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
8992         return;
8993       }
8994 
8995       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8996                             S.PDiag(diag)
8997                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8998                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8999                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
9000     }
9001   };
9002 
9003   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
9004   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
9005                                  bool DirectInit) {
9006     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
9007     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
9008     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
9009       return;
9010 
9011     E = E->IgnoreParens();
9012 
9013     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
9014     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
9015     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
9016       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
9017         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
9018           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
9019             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
9020               return;
9021 
9022     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
9023   }
9024 }
9025 
9026 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl,
9027                                             DeclarationName Name, QualType Type,
9028                                             TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
9029                                             SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
9030                                             Expr *Init) {
9031   bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl;
9032   assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) &&
9033          "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization");
9034 
9035   ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init;
9036   if (DirectInit) {
9037     if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
9038       DeduceInits = PL->exprs();
9039     else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init))
9040       DeduceInits = IL->inits();
9041   }
9042 
9043   // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression.
9044   if (DeduceInits.empty()) {
9045     // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
9046     // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
9047     Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture
9048                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
9049                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
9050         << Name << Type << Range;
9051     return QualType();
9052   }
9053 
9054   if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) {
9055     Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(),
9056          IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
9057                        : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
9058         << Name << Type << Range;
9059     return QualType();
9060   }
9061 
9062   Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0];
9063   if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) {
9064     Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture
9065                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces
9066                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
9067         << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range;
9068     return QualType();
9069   }
9070 
9071   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
9072   bool DefaultedAnyToId = false;
9073   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
9074       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) {
9075     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
9076     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9077       return QualType();
9078     }
9079     Init = Result.get();
9080     DefaultedAnyToId = true;
9081   }
9082 
9083   QualType DeducedType;
9084   if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) {
9085     if (!IsInitCapture)
9086       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
9087     else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init))
9088       Diag(Range.getBegin(),
9089            diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list)
9090           << Name
9091           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
9092                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
9093           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
9094     else
9095       Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure)
9096           << Name << TSI->getType()
9097           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
9098                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
9099           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
9100   }
9101 
9102   // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
9103   // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual
9104   // checks.
9105   // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
9106   // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
9107   if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId &&
9108       !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
9109     SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
9110     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range;
9111   }
9112 
9113   return DeducedType;
9114 }
9115 
9116 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
9117 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
9118 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
9119 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
9120                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9121   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
9122   // the initializer.
9123   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9124     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
9125     return;
9126   }
9127 
9128   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9129     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
9130     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
9131       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
9132     Method->setInvalidDecl();
9133     return;
9134   }
9135 
9136   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
9137   if (!VDecl) {
9138     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
9139     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
9140     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9141     return;
9142   }
9143 
9144   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
9145   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9146     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
9147     // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a
9148     // TypoExpr.
9149     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
9150     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
9151       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9152       return;
9153     }
9154     Init = Res.get();
9155 
9156     QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(
9157         VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(),
9158         VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init);
9159     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
9160       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9161       return;
9162     }
9163 
9164     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
9165     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
9166 
9167     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
9168     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
9169       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9170 
9171     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
9172     // the previously declared type.
9173     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
9174       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
9175       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
9176       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false);
9177     }
9178 
9179     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
9180     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
9181     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9182       return;
9183   }
9184 
9185   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
9186   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
9187     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
9188     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9189     return;
9190   }
9191 
9192   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
9193     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
9194     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
9195     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9196     return;
9197   }
9198 
9199   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
9200     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
9201     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
9202     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
9203     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
9204     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
9205       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
9206     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
9207                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9208       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9209       return;
9210     }
9211 
9212     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9213     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
9214                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9215                                AbstractVariableType))
9216       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9217   }
9218 
9219   VarDecl *Def;
9220   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
9221     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
9222     if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) &&
9223         (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
9224          VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
9225          VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
9226          VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
9227       // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
9228       // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it.
9229     } else {
9230       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
9231         << VDecl->getDeclName();
9232       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9233       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9234       return;
9235     }
9236   }
9237 
9238   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9239     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
9240     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
9241     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9242     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
9243     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
9244     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
9245     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
9246     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
9247     //
9248     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
9249     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
9250     // declaration with an initializer.
9251     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
9252       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
9253           << VDecl->getDeclName();
9254       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
9255            diag::note_previous_initializer)
9256           << 0;
9257       return;
9258     }
9259 
9260     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
9261       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9262 
9263     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
9264       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9265       return;
9266     }
9267   }
9268 
9269   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
9270   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
9271   if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
9272     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
9273     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9274     return;
9275   }
9276 
9277   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
9278   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
9279   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
9280 
9281   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
9282   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
9283   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9284       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
9285     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
9286     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9287       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9288       return;
9289     }
9290     Init = Result.get();
9291   }
9292 
9293   // Perform the initialization.
9294   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
9295   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9296     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
9297     InitializationKind Kind =
9298         DirectInit
9299             ? CXXDirectInit
9300                   ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
9301                                                      Init->getLocStart(),
9302                                                      Init->getLocEnd())
9303                   : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation())
9304             : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
9305                                              Init->getLocStart());
9306 
9307     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
9308     if (CXXDirectInit)
9309       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
9310                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
9311 
9312     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
9313     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
9314       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
9315           Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
9316             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
9317             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
9318           });
9319       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
9320         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9321       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
9322         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
9323       }
9324     }
9325     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9326       return;
9327 
9328     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
9329     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
9330     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9331       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9332       return;
9333     }
9334 
9335     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
9336   }
9337 
9338   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
9339   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
9340   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
9341   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
9342       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
9343     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
9344   }
9345 
9346   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
9347   // completed by the initializer. For example:
9348   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
9349   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
9350   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
9351     VDecl->setType(DclT);
9352 
9353   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9354     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
9355 
9356     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
9357       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
9358 
9359     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
9360     // Although this code can still have problems:
9361     //   id x = self.weakProp;
9362     //   id y = self.weakProp;
9363     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
9364     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
9365     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
9366     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
9367         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
9368                          Init->getLocStart()))
9369       getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
9370   }
9371 
9372   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
9373   //
9374   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
9375   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
9376   // full-expression. For instance, in:
9377   //
9378   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
9379   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
9380   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
9381   //
9382   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
9383   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
9384                                           false,
9385                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
9386   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9387     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9388     return;
9389   }
9390   Init = Result.get();
9391 
9392   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
9393   VDecl->setInit(Init);
9394 
9395   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
9396     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
9397     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
9398     // C++ does not have this restriction.
9399     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9400       const Expr *Culprit;
9401       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9402         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9403       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
9404       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
9405       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
9406       // constant expressions.
9407       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
9408                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
9409                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9410         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
9411              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
9412           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9413     }
9414   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
9415              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
9416     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
9417     //
9418     // struct S {
9419     //   static const int value = 17;
9420     // };
9421 
9422     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
9423     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
9424     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
9425     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
9426     //
9427     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
9428     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
9429     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9430     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
9431     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
9432     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
9433     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
9434     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
9435     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
9436 
9437     // Do nothing on dependent types.
9438     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
9439 
9440     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
9441     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
9442     // type.
9443     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
9444 
9445     // Require constness.
9446     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
9447       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
9448         << Init->getSourceRange();
9449       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9450 
9451     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
9452     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
9453       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
9454       SourceLocation Loc;
9455       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
9456         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
9457         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
9458         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
9459       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
9460         ; // Nothing to check.
9461       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
9462         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
9463       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9464         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
9465         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
9466         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9467           << Init->getSourceRange();
9468       } else {
9469         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
9470         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
9471         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9472           << Init->getSourceRange();
9473         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9474       }
9475 
9476     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
9477     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
9478       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
9479       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
9480       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
9481         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
9482              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9483             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9484         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
9485              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9486             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9487       } else {
9488         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
9489           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9490 
9491         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9492           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9493             << Init->getSourceRange();
9494           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9495         }
9496       }
9497 
9498     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
9499     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
9500       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
9501         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
9502         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9503       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
9504 
9505     } else {
9506       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
9507         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9508       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9509     }
9510   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
9511     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
9512         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
9513          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
9514            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
9515         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
9516       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
9517 
9518     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
9519     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9520       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9521   }
9522 
9523   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
9524   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
9525   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
9526   //
9527   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
9528   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
9529   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
9530   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
9531   // special case code.
9532 
9533   // C++ 8.5p11:
9534   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
9535   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
9536   // class type.
9537   if (CXXDirectInit) {
9538     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
9539     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9540   } else if (DirectInit) {
9541     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
9542     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
9543   }
9544 
9545   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
9546 }
9547 
9548 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
9549 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
9550 /// of sanity.
9551 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
9552   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
9553   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
9554   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9555 
9556   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9557   if (!VD) return;
9558 
9559   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
9560   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
9561     D->setInvalidDecl();
9562     return;
9563   }
9564 
9565   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
9566   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
9567 
9568   // Require a complete type.
9569   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
9570                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
9571                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9572     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9573     return;
9574   }
9575 
9576   // Require a non-abstract type.
9577   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
9578                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9579                              AbstractVariableType)) {
9580     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9581     return;
9582   }
9583 
9584   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
9585   // though.
9586 }
9587 
9588 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
9589                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9590   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
9591   if (!RealDecl)
9592     return;
9593 
9594   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9595     QualType Type = Var->getType();
9596 
9597     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
9598     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
9599       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
9600         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
9601       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9602       return;
9603     }
9604 
9605     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
9606     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
9607     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
9608     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
9609     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
9610     // member.
9611     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9612       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
9613         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9614              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
9615           << Var->getDeclName();
9616       else
9617         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
9618       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9619       return;
9620     }
9621 
9622     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...]  A variable template
9623     // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A
9624     // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer.
9625     if (Var->isConcept()) {
9626       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized);
9627       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9628       return;
9629     }
9630 
9631     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
9632     // be initialized.
9633     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9634         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
9635         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
9636       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
9637       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9638       return;
9639     }
9640 
9641     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9642     case VarDecl::Definition:
9643       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
9644         break;
9645 
9646       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
9647       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
9648       // a declaration.
9649       //
9650       // Fall through
9651 
9652     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
9653       // It's only a declaration.
9654 
9655       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
9656       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
9657       // object shall be complete.
9658       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
9659           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9660           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9661                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
9662         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9663 
9664       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
9665       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9666           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9667                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9668                                  AbstractVariableType))
9669         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9670       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9671           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
9672         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
9673         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
9674       }
9675 
9676       return;
9677 
9678     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
9679       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
9680       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
9681       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
9682       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
9683       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
9684       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
9685         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
9686                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
9687           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9688                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
9689                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
9690             Var->setInvalidDecl();
9691         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9692           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
9693           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
9694           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
9695           // NOTE: code such as the following
9696           //     static struct s;
9697           //     struct s { int a; };
9698           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
9699           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
9700           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
9701           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
9702             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9703                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
9704         }
9705       }
9706 
9707       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
9708       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
9709         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
9710       return;
9711     }
9712 
9713     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9714     // definitions with incomplete array type.
9715     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
9716       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9717            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
9718       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9719       return;
9720     }
9721 
9722     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9723     // definitions with reference type.
9724     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
9725       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
9726         << Var->getDeclName()
9727         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
9728       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9729       return;
9730     }
9731 
9732     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
9733     // variable with dependent type.
9734     if (Type->isDependentType())
9735       return;
9736 
9737     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
9738       return;
9739 
9740     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9741       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9742                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
9743                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9744         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9745         return;
9746       }
9747     } else {
9748       return;
9749     }
9750 
9751     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9752     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9753                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9754                                AbstractVariableType)) {
9755       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9756       return;
9757     }
9758 
9759     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
9760     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
9761     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
9762     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
9763     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
9764     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
9765     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
9766     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
9767     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
9768     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
9769     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9770       if (const RecordType *Record
9771             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9772         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
9773         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
9774         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
9775         // incompatibilities with C++98.
9776         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
9777           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9778       }
9779     }
9780 
9781     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
9782     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
9783     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
9784     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
9785     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
9786     //   type shall have a user-declared default
9787     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
9788     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
9789     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
9790     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
9791     //   program is ill-formed.
9792     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
9793     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
9794     //   default-initialized; [...].
9795     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
9796     InitializationKind Kind
9797       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
9798 
9799     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9800     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9801     if (Init.isInvalid())
9802       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9803     else if (Init.get()) {
9804       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
9805       // This is important for template substitution.
9806       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9807     }
9808 
9809     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
9810   }
9811 }
9812 
9813 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
9814   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9815   if (!VD) {
9816     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
9817     D->setInvalidDecl();
9818     return;
9819   }
9820 
9821   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9822 
9823   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
9824   int Error = -1;
9825   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
9826   case SC_None:
9827     break;
9828   case SC_Extern:
9829     Error = 0;
9830     break;
9831   case SC_Static:
9832     Error = 1;
9833     break;
9834   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9835     Error = 2;
9836     break;
9837   case SC_Auto:
9838     Error = 3;
9839     break;
9840   case SC_Register:
9841     Error = 4;
9842     break;
9843   }
9844   if (Error != -1) {
9845     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9846       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9847     D->setInvalidDecl();
9848   }
9849 }
9850 
9851 StmtResult
9852 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9853                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9854                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9855                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9856   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9857   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9858   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9859   //   is equivalent to
9860   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9861   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9862 
9863   const char *PrevSpec;
9864   unsigned DiagID;
9865   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9866                      getPrintingPolicy());
9867 
9868   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9869   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9870   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9871 
9872   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9873   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9874                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9875   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9876   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9877   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9878   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9879                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9880 }
9881 
9882 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9883   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9884 
9885   // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9886   // local retaining variable.
9887   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
9888       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9889     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9890     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9891     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9892     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9893       break;
9894 
9895     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9896     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9897       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9898       break;
9899     }
9900   }
9901 
9902   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9903   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9904   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9905   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9906   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9907   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9908       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9909       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9910       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9911                                   var->getLocation())) {
9912     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9913     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9914     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9915       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9916 
9917     if (!prev)
9918       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9919   }
9920 
9921   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9922     const Expr *Culprit;
9923     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9924       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9925       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9926       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9927       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9928       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9929         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9930     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9931                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9932                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9933       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9934       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9935       //   initialization.
9936       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9937       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9938         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9939       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9940         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9941     }
9942 
9943   }
9944 
9945   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
9946   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
9947   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9948       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9949     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9950     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
9951     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9952       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9953     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9954       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9955       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9956     } else {
9957       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9958       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9959     }
9960     if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
9961       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9962           Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9963           Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9964     }
9965     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9966       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9967         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9968 
9969     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9970     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9971     // attribute.
9972     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9973       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9974                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9975   }
9976 
9977   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9978   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9979 
9980   QualType type = var->getType();
9981   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9982 
9983   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9984   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9985     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9986     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9987 
9988     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9989     // constructing this copy.
9990     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9991       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9992       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9993       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9994       ExprResult result
9995         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9996             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9997             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9998       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9999         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
10000         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
10001         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
10002       }
10003     }
10004   }
10005 
10006   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
10007   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
10008   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
10009 
10010   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
10011       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
10012     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
10013         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
10014                                     var->getLocation())) {
10015       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
10016       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
10017       // warned about them.
10018       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
10019       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
10020           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
10021         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
10022           << Init->getSourceRange();
10023     }
10024 
10025     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
10026       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
10027       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
10028         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
10029         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
10030         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
10031         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
10032               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
10033           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
10034           Notes.clear();
10035         }
10036         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
10037           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
10038         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
10039           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
10040       }
10041     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
10042       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
10043       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
10044       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
10045       var->checkInitIsICE();
10046     }
10047   }
10048 
10049   // Require the destructor.
10050   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
10051     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
10052 }
10053 
10054 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent.
10055 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
10056   if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
10057     return true;
10058   for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>())
10059     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
10060       return true;
10061   return false;
10062 }
10063 
10064 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
10065 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
10066 void
10067 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
10068   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
10069   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
10070 
10071   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
10072   if (!VD)
10073     return;
10074 
10075   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
10076 
10077   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
10078   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
10079   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
10080   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
10081     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
10082     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
10083     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) {
10084       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
10085       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
10086         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
10087           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
10088           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
10089       }
10090     }
10091   }
10092 
10093   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
10094   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
10095     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
10096             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
10097       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
10098         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
10099         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
10100         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
10101       }
10102     }
10103   }
10104 
10105   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
10106   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
10107 
10108   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
10109   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
10110     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
10111         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
10112       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
10113       // with a warning.
10114       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
10115         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
10116       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
10117           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
10118           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10119 
10120       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
10121            IsClassTemplateMember
10122                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
10123                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
10124       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
10125       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
10126         VD->setInvalidDecl();
10127     }
10128   }
10129 
10130   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
10131   // isn't exported with the variable.
10132   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
10133     auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
10134     if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) {
10135       assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
10136       // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the
10137       // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be
10138       // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe.
10139     } else {
10140       Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
10141                                                                     << DLLAttr;
10142       VD->setInvalidDecl();
10143     }
10144   }
10145 
10146   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
10147     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
10148       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
10149       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
10150     }
10151   }
10152 
10153   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
10154   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
10155   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
10156   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
10157     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
10158 
10159   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
10160   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
10161       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
10162     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
10163 
10164   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
10165   // tag values.
10166   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
10167       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
10168     return;
10169 
10170   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
10171     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
10172     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
10173       continue;
10174     }
10175     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
10176     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
10177       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
10178            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
10179         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
10180       continue;
10181     }
10182     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
10183       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
10184            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
10185         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
10186       continue;
10187     }
10188     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
10189     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
10190                                MagicValue,
10191                                I->getMatchingCType(),
10192                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
10193                                I->getMustBeNull());
10194   }
10195 }
10196 
10197 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
10198                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
10199   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
10200 
10201   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
10202     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
10203 
10204   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
10205   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
10206     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
10207       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
10208         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
10209           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
10210       Decls.push_back(D);
10211     }
10212 
10213   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
10214     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
10215       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
10216       if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() &&
10217           getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10218         Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
10219     }
10220   }
10221 
10222   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
10223 }
10224 
10225 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
10226 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
10227 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
10228 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
10229                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
10230   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
10231   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
10232   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
10233   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
10234   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
10235   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
10236   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
10237   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
10238     QualType Deduced;
10239     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
10240     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
10241     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10242       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
10243         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
10244         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
10245         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
10246           break;
10247         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
10248         if (!U.isNull()) {
10249           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
10250           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
10251             Deduced = U;
10252             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
10253             DeducedDecl = D;
10254           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
10255             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
10256                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
10257               << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword()
10258               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
10259               << U << D->getDeclName()
10260               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
10261               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
10262             D->setInvalidDecl();
10263             break;
10264           }
10265         }
10266       }
10267     }
10268   }
10269 
10270   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
10271 
10272   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
10273       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
10274 }
10275 
10276 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
10277   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
10278 }
10279 
10280 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
10281   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
10282   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
10283     return;
10284 
10285   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
10286                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
10287       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
10288                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
10289     return;
10290 
10291   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
10292     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
10293     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
10294     // additional declaration references:
10295     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
10296     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
10297     //   'struct S *pS;'
10298     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
10299     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
10300     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
10301       Group = Group.slice(1);
10302     }
10303   }
10304 
10305   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
10306   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
10307   if (!Comments.empty() &&
10308       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
10309     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
10310     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
10311     //
10312     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
10313     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
10314     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
10315     // ahead through comments.
10316     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
10317       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
10318   }
10319 }
10320 
10321 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
10322 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
10323 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
10324   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
10325 
10326   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
10327 
10328   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
10329   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
10330   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
10331     SC = SC_Register;
10332   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10333              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
10334     SC = SC_Auto;
10335   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
10336     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
10337          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
10338     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
10339   }
10340 
10341   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
10342     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
10343       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
10344   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
10345     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
10346       << 0;
10347   if (DS.isConceptSpecified())
10348     Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
10349 
10350   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
10351 
10352   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
10353   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
10354 
10355   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10356     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
10357     // parameter.
10358     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
10359 
10360     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
10361     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
10362       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
10363         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
10364       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
10365     }
10366   }
10367 
10368   // Ensure we have a valid name
10369   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
10370   if (D.hasName()) {
10371     II = D.getIdentifier();
10372     if (!II) {
10373       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
10374         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
10375       D.setInvalidType(true);
10376     }
10377   }
10378 
10379   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
10380   if (II) {
10381     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
10382                    ForRedeclaration);
10383     LookupName(R, S);
10384     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
10385       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
10386       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10387         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10388         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
10389         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10390         PrevDecl = nullptr;
10391       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10392         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
10393         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10394 
10395         // Recover by removing the name
10396         II = nullptr;
10397         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
10398         D.setInvalidType(true);
10399       }
10400     }
10401   }
10402 
10403   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
10404   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
10405   // looking like class members in C++.
10406   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
10407                                     D.getLocStart(),
10408                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
10409                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
10410                                     SC);
10411 
10412   if (D.isInvalidType())
10413     New->setInvalidDecl();
10414 
10415   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
10416   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
10417   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
10418                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
10419 
10420   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
10421   S->AddDecl(New);
10422   if (II)
10423     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
10424 
10425   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
10426 
10427   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10428     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10429       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
10430       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10431       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10432 
10433   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
10434     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
10435   }
10436   return New;
10437 }
10438 
10439 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
10440 /// typedef.
10441 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
10442                                               SourceLocation Loc,
10443                                               QualType T) {
10444   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
10445      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
10446      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
10447   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
10448                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
10449                                            SC_None, nullptr);
10450   Param->setImplicit();
10451   return Param;
10452 }
10453 
10454 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10455                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
10456   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
10457   // will already have done so in the template itself.
10458   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
10459     return;
10460 
10461   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10462     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
10463         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
10464       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
10465         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
10466     }
10467   }
10468 }
10469 
10470 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10471                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
10472                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
10473                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
10474   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
10475     return;
10476 
10477   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10478   // threshold.
10479   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
10480     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
10481     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10482       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
10483           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
10484   }
10485 
10486   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10487   // threshold.
10488   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10489     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
10490     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
10491       continue;
10492     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
10493     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10494       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
10495           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
10496   }
10497 }
10498 
10499 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10500                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
10501                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
10502                                   StorageClass SC) {
10503   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
10504   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
10505       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
10506       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
10507 
10508     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
10509 
10510     // Special cases for arrays:
10511     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
10512     //   - otherwise, it's an error
10513     if (T->isArrayType()) {
10514       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
10515         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
10516             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
10517             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
10518       }
10519       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
10520     } else {
10521       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
10522     }
10523     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
10524   }
10525 
10526   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
10527                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
10528                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
10529 
10530   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
10531   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
10532   // the class has been completely parsed.
10533   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
10534       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10535                              AbstractParamType))
10536     New->setInvalidDecl();
10537 
10538   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
10539   // passed by reference.
10540   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
10541     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
10542     Diag(NameLoc,
10543          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
10544       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
10545     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
10546     New->setType(T);
10547   }
10548 
10549   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
10550   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
10551   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
10552   // an address space.
10553   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
10554     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
10555     // to be qualified with an address space.
10556     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
10557       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
10558       New->setInvalidDecl();
10559     }
10560   }
10561 
10562   return New;
10563 }
10564 
10565 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
10566                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
10567   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
10568 
10569   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
10570   // for a K&R function.
10571   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
10572     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
10573       --i;
10574       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
10575         SmallString<256> Code;
10576         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
10577             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
10578         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
10579             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
10580             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
10581 
10582         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
10583         // type.
10584         AttributeFactory attrs;
10585         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
10586         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
10587         unsigned DiagID; // unused
10588         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
10589                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10590         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
10591         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10592         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10593         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
10594         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10595         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
10596       }
10597     }
10598   }
10599 }
10600 
10601 Decl *
10602 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D,
10603                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10604                               SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
10605   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
10606   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
10607   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
10608 
10609   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
10610   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists);
10611   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody);
10612 }
10613 
10614 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
10615   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
10616 }
10617 
10618 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
10619                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10620   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
10621   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10622     return false;
10623 
10624   // Or declarations that aren't global.
10625   if (!FD->isGlobal())
10626     return false;
10627 
10628   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
10629   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
10630     return false;
10631 
10632   // Don't warn about 'main'.
10633   if (FD->isMain())
10634     return false;
10635 
10636   // Don't warn about inline functions.
10637   if (FD->isInlined())
10638     return false;
10639 
10640   // Don't warn about function templates.
10641   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10642     return false;
10643 
10644   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
10645   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
10646     return false;
10647 
10648   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
10649   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
10650     return false;
10651 
10652   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
10653   if (FD->isDeleted())
10654     return false;
10655 
10656   bool MissingPrototype = true;
10657   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
10658        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
10659     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
10660     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
10661     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
10662       continue;
10663 
10664     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
10665     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
10666       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
10667     break;
10668   }
10669 
10670   return MissingPrototype;
10671 }
10672 
10673 void
10674 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
10675                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition,
10676                                    SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
10677   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
10678   // was an extern inline function.
10679   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
10680   if (!Definition)
10681     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
10682       return;
10683 
10684   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
10685     return;
10686 
10687   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
10688   // a template, skip the new definition.
10689   if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
10690       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
10691        Definition->isInlined() ||
10692        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
10693        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) {
10694     SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
10695     if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10696       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation());
10697     else
10698       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition),
10699                                   FD->getLocation());
10700     return;
10701   }
10702 
10703   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
10704       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
10705     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
10706         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10707   else
10708     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
10709 
10710   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10711   FD->setInvalidDecl();
10712 }
10713 
10714 
10715 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
10716                                    Sema &S) {
10717   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
10718 
10719   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
10720   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
10721   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
10722   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
10723   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
10724 
10725   if (LCD == LCD_None)
10726     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
10727   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
10728     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
10729   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
10730     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
10731   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
10732 
10733   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
10734   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
10735 
10736   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
10737   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
10738   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
10739   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
10740     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
10741       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
10742       if (VD->isInitCapture())
10743         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
10744       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
10745       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
10746       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
10747           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
10748           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
10749                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
10750           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10751 
10752     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
10753       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
10754                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10755     } else {
10756       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
10757     }
10758     ++I;
10759   }
10760 }
10761 
10762 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D,
10763                                     SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
10764   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
10765   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
10766 
10767   if (!D)
10768     return D;
10769   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
10770 
10771   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
10772     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
10773   else
10774     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
10775 
10776   // See if this is a redefinition.
10777   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) {
10778     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody);
10779 
10780     // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope.
10781     if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip)
10782       return D;
10783   }
10784 
10785   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
10786   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
10787   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
10788   // LambdaScopeInfo.
10789   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
10790   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
10791   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
10792   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
10793   // have the LSI properly restored.
10794   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
10795     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
10796       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
10797       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
10798     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
10799   }
10800   else
10801     // Enter a new function scope
10802     PushFunctionScope();
10803 
10804   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
10805   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10806     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
10807         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
10808       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
10809       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10810     }
10811   }
10812 
10813   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
10814   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
10815   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
10816   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
10817       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10818       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
10819                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
10820     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10821 
10822   if (FnBodyScope)
10823     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
10824 
10825   // Check the validity of our function parameters
10826   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10827                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
10828 
10829   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
10830   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
10831     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
10832 
10833     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10834     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
10835       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
10836 
10837       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
10838     }
10839   }
10840 
10841   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
10842   // introduce them into the function scope.
10843   if (FnBodyScope) {
10844     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
10845              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
10846              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
10847          I != E; ++I) {
10848       NamedDecl *D = *I;
10849 
10850       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the
10851       // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove
10852       // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context.
10853       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
10854         // Is the decl actually in the context?
10855         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
10856           if (DI == D) {
10857             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
10858             break;
10859           }
10860         }
10861         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
10862         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10863       }
10864 
10865       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
10866       if (!D->getName().empty())
10867         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10868 
10869       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
10870       // accessible in this scope.
10871       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
10872         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
10873           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10874       }
10875     }
10876   }
10877 
10878   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10879   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10880     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10881 
10882   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10883   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10884       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10885     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10886     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10887     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10888     return D;
10889   }
10890   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10891   // a function template).
10892   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10893   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10894       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10895       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10896     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10897 
10898   return D;
10899 }
10900 
10901 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10902 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10903 /// optimization.
10904 ///
10905 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10906 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10907 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10908 /// use the named return value optimization.
10909 ///
10910 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10911 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10912 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10913 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10914   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10915 
10916   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10917     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10918       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10919         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10920     }
10921   }
10922 }
10923 
10924 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10925   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10926   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10927     return false;
10928 
10929   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10930   // return type (yet).
10931   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10932     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10933     // we can still delay parsing it.
10934     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10935       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10936       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10937           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10938         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10939         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10940       }
10941     }
10942     return false;
10943   }
10944 
10945   return true;
10946 }
10947 
10948 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10949   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10950   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10951   // rest of the file.
10952   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10953   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10954   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10955     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10956       return false;
10957   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10958 }
10959 
10960 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10961   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10962     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10963   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10964     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10965   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10966 }
10967 
10968 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10969   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10970 }
10971 
10972 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10973                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10974   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10975 
10976   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10977   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10978 
10979   if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty())
10980     CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body);
10981 
10982   if (FD) {
10983     FD->setBody(Body);
10984 
10985     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10986         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10987       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10988       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10989       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10990       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10991         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10992             << FD->getReturnType();
10993         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10994       } else {
10995         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10996         TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
10997         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10998             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10999       }
11000     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
11001       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
11002       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
11003         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
11004 
11005         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
11006         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
11007         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
11008         QualType RetType =
11009             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
11010 
11011         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
11012         const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
11013             FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
11014         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
11015                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
11016       }
11017     }
11018 
11019     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
11020     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
11021     // is the first declaration.
11022     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
11023       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
11024         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
11025       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
11026                !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
11027                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
11028         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
11029     }
11030 
11031     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
11032     // don't complain about missing return statements.
11033     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
11034       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
11035 
11036     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
11037     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
11038     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
11039       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
11040 
11041     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11042       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
11043       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted())
11044         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
11045       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
11046                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
11047 
11048       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
11049       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
11050         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
11051       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
11052         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
11053 
11054       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
11055       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
11056       // to deduce an implicit return type.
11057       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
11058           !FD->isDependentContext())
11059         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
11060     }
11061 
11062     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
11063     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
11064     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
11065     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
11066     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
11067     const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
11068     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
11069       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
11070 
11071       if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
11072         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
11073         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
11074         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
11075                 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
11076           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
11077           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
11078             Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
11079                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
11080                 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
11081                 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
11082         }
11083       }
11084     }
11085 
11086     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
11087       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
11088       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
11089           MD->isVirtual() &&
11090           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
11091           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
11092         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
11093         if (FD->isInlined() &&
11094             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
11095           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
11096 
11097           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
11098           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
11099           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
11100           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
11101           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
11102             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
11103         } else {
11104           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
11105           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
11106         }
11107       }
11108     }
11109 
11110     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
11111            "Function parsing confused");
11112   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
11113     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
11114     MD->setBody(Body);
11115     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11116       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
11117       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
11118                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
11119 
11120       if (Body)
11121         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
11122     }
11123     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
11124       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
11125         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
11126       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
11127     }
11128     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
11129       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
11130       bool isDesignated =
11131           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
11132       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
11133       (void)isDesignated;
11134 
11135       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
11136         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
11137         if (!IFace)
11138           return false;
11139         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
11140         if (!SuperD)
11141           return false;
11142         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
11143             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
11144       };
11145       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
11146       // of NSObject.
11147       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
11148         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
11149              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
11150         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
11151              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
11152       }
11153       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
11154     }
11155     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
11156       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
11157       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
11158         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
11159              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
11160       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
11161     }
11162   } else {
11163     return nullptr;
11164   }
11165 
11166   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
11167          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
11168          "handled in the block above.");
11169 
11170   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
11171   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
11172     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
11173     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
11174     // Verify this.
11175     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
11176       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
11177 
11178     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
11179     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
11180         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
11181       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
11182 
11183     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
11184       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
11185         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
11186 
11187       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
11188                                              Destructor->getParent());
11189     }
11190 
11191     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
11192     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
11193     // deletion in some later function.
11194     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
11195         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
11196       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
11197     }
11198     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
11199         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
11200       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
11201       // enabled.
11202       ActivePolicy = &WP;
11203     }
11204 
11205     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
11206         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
11207          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
11208       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11209 
11210     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
11211       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
11212         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
11213           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
11214           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
11215           FD->setInvalidDecl();
11216           break;
11217         }
11218       }
11219     }
11220 
11221     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
11222                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
11223            "Leftover temporaries in function");
11224     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
11225     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
11226            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
11227   }
11228 
11229   if (!IsInstantiation)
11230     PopDeclContext();
11231 
11232   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
11233   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
11234   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
11235   // deletion in some later function.
11236   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
11237     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
11238   }
11239 
11240   return dcl;
11241 }
11242 
11243 
11244 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
11245 /// relevant Decl.
11246 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
11247                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
11248   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
11249   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
11250     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
11251   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
11252 
11253   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
11254     if (Method->isStatic())
11255       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
11256 }
11257 
11258 
11259 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
11260 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
11261 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
11262                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
11263   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
11264   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
11265   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
11266   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
11267   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
11268     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
11269     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11270     return ExternCPrev;
11271   }
11272 
11273   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
11274   unsigned diag_id;
11275   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
11276     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
11277   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
11278     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
11279   else
11280     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
11281   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
11282 
11283   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
11284   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
11285   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
11286     TypoCorrection Corrected;
11287     if (S &&
11288         (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
11289              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
11290              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
11291       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
11292                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
11293   }
11294 
11295   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
11296   const char *Dummy;
11297   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
11298   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
11299   unsigned DiagID;
11300   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
11301                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
11302   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
11303   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
11304   SourceLocation NoLoc;
11305   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
11306   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
11307                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
11308                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
11309                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
11310                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
11311                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
11312                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
11313                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
11314                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
11315                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11316                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11317                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11318                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11319                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
11320                                              EST_None,
11321                                              /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(),
11322                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
11323                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
11324                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
11325                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
11326                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
11327                                              Loc, Loc, D),
11328                 DS.getAttributes(),
11329                 SourceLocation());
11330   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
11331 
11332   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
11333 
11334   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
11335   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
11336 
11337   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
11338   FD->setImplicit();
11339 
11340   CurContext = PrevDC;
11341 
11342   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
11343 
11344   return FD;
11345 }
11346 
11347 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
11348 /// the declaration of this function.
11349 ///
11350 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
11351 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
11352 /// like NSLog or printf.
11353 ///
11354 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
11355 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
11356 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
11357   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
11358     return;
11359 
11360   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
11361   // actual attributes.
11362   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
11363     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
11364     unsigned FormatIdx;
11365     bool HasVAListArg;
11366     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
11367       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
11368         const char *fmt = "printf";
11369         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
11370         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
11371             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
11372           fmt = "NSString";
11373         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11374                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
11375                                                FormatIdx+1,
11376                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
11377                                                FD->getLocation()));
11378       }
11379     }
11380     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
11381                                              HasVAListArg)) {
11382      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
11383        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11384                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
11385                                               FormatIdx+1,
11386                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
11387                                               FD->getLocation()));
11388     }
11389 
11390     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
11391     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
11392     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
11393     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
11394         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
11395       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
11396         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11397     }
11398 
11399     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
11400         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
11401       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11402                                          FD->getLocation()));
11403     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
11404       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11405     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
11406       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11407     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads &&
11408         Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) &&
11409         !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) {
11410       // Assign appropriate attribute depending on CUDA compilation
11411       // mode and the target builtin belongs to. E.g. during host
11412       // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, the rest are __host__.
11413       if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice !=
11414           Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID))
11415         FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11416       else
11417         FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11418     }
11419   }
11420 
11421   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
11422   if (!Name)
11423     return;
11424   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11425        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
11426       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
11427        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
11428        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
11429     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
11430     // about.
11431   } else
11432     return;
11433 
11434   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
11435     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
11436     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
11437     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
11438       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11439                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
11440                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
11441                                              FD->getLocation()));
11442   }
11443 
11444   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
11445     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
11446     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
11447     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
11448       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
11449                                                 FD->getLocation()));
11450   }
11451 }
11452 
11453 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
11454                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
11455   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
11456   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
11457 
11458   if (!TInfo) {
11459     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
11460     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
11461   }
11462 
11463   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
11464   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
11465                                            D.getLocStart(),
11466                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
11467                                            D.getIdentifier(),
11468                                            TInfo);
11469 
11470   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
11471   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
11472     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
11473     return NewTD;
11474   }
11475 
11476   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
11477     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
11478       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
11479         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
11480         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
11481         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
11482     else
11483       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
11484   }
11485 
11486   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
11487   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
11488   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
11489   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
11490   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
11491   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
11492   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
11493   case TST_enum:
11494   case TST_struct:
11495   case TST_interface:
11496   case TST_union:
11497   case TST_class: {
11498     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
11499     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
11500     break;
11501   }
11502 
11503   default:
11504     break;
11505   }
11506 
11507   return NewTD;
11508 }
11509 
11510 
11511 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
11512 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
11513   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
11514   QualType T = TI->getType();
11515 
11516   if (T->isDependentType())
11517     return false;
11518 
11519   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
11520     if (BT->isInteger())
11521       return false;
11522 
11523   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
11524   return true;
11525 }
11526 
11527 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
11528 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
11529 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(
11530     SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
11531     bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) {
11532   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
11533 
11534   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
11535     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
11536       << Prev->isScoped();
11537     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11538     return true;
11539   }
11540 
11541   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
11542     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
11543         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
11544         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
11545                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
11546       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
11547       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
11548         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
11549       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
11550           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
11551       return true;
11552     }
11553   } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) {
11554     ;
11555   } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) {
11556     ;
11557   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
11558     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
11559       << Prev->isFixed();
11560     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11561     return true;
11562   }
11563 
11564   return false;
11565 }
11566 
11567 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
11568 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
11569 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
11570 ///
11571 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
11572 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
11573   switch (Tag) {
11574   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
11575   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
11576   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
11577   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
11578   }
11579 }
11580 
11581 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
11582 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
11583 ///
11584 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
11585 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
11586 {
11587   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
11588 }
11589 
11590 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
11591 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
11592 ///
11593 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
11594 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
11595                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
11596                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
11597                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
11598   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
11599   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
11600   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
11601   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
11602   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
11603   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
11604   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
11605   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
11606   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
11607   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
11608   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
11609   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
11610   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
11611   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
11612   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
11613     if (OldTag == NewTag)
11614       return true;
11615 
11616   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
11617     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
11618     bool isTemplate = false;
11619     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
11620       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
11621 
11622     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
11623       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
11624       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
11625       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11626         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11627         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11628       return true;
11629     }
11630 
11631     if (isDefinition) {
11632       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
11633       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
11634       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11635         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
11636         return true;
11637       }
11638 
11639       bool previousMismatch = false;
11640       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
11641         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
11642           if (!previousMismatch) {
11643             previousMismatch = true;
11644             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
11645               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11646               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
11647           }
11648           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11649             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
11650             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
11651                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
11652         }
11653       }
11654       return true;
11655     }
11656 
11657     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
11658     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
11659     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
11660     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
11661                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
11662     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
11663       return true;
11664     }
11665 
11666     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11667       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11668       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11669     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11670 
11671     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
11672     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11673         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11674           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
11675           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
11676                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
11677     }
11678 
11679     return true;
11680   }
11681   return false;
11682 }
11683 
11684 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
11685 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
11686 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
11687 ///   namespace N {
11688 ///     struct X;
11689 ///     namespace M {
11690 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
11691 ///     }
11692 ///   }
11693 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
11694                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11695   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
11696   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
11697   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
11698   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
11699   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11700   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
11701     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
11702     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
11703     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
11704     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
11705       return FixItHint();
11706     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
11707     Namespaces.push_back(II);
11708     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
11709         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
11710     if (Lookup == Namespace)
11711       break;
11712   }
11713 
11714   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
11715   // build an NNS.
11716   SmallString<64> Insertion;
11717   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
11718   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
11719     OS << "::";
11720   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
11721   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
11722     OS << II->getName() << "::";
11723   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
11724 }
11725 
11726 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
11727 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
11728 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
11729 /// using-declaration).
11730 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
11731                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
11732   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
11733   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
11734 
11735   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
11736     return true;
11737 
11738   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
11739   // encloses the other).
11740   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
11741       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
11742     return true;
11743 
11744   return false;
11745 }
11746 
11747 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
11748 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
11749 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
11750 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
11751 ///
11752 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
11753 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
11754 ///
11755 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
11756 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
11757 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
11758                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
11759                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
11760                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
11761                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
11762                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11763                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
11764                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
11765                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
11766                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
11767                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11768   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
11769   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
11770   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
11771          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
11772   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
11773 
11774   OwnedDecl = false;
11775   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
11776   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
11777 
11778   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
11779   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
11780   bool Invalid = false;
11781 
11782   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
11783   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
11784   // for non-C++ cases.
11785   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
11786       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
11787     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
11788             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
11789                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
11790                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
11791       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11792         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
11793         return nullptr;
11794       }
11795 
11796       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
11797         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
11798         // be a member of another template).
11799 
11800         if (Invalid)
11801           return nullptr;
11802 
11803         OwnedDecl = false;
11804         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
11805                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
11806                                                TemplateParams, AS,
11807                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
11808                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
11809                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
11810                                                TemplateParameterLists.data(),
11811                                                SkipBody);
11812         return Result.get();
11813       } else {
11814         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
11815         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
11816           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
11817         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
11818       }
11819     }
11820   }
11821 
11822   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
11823   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
11824   // redeclaration.
11825   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
11826   bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false;
11827 
11828   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11829     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
11830       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
11831       // type, default to int.
11832       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11833     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
11834       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
11835       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
11836       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
11837       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
11838       EnumUnderlying = TI;
11839 
11840       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
11841         // Recover by falling back to int.
11842         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11843 
11844       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
11845                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
11846         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11847 
11848     } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
11849       if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11850         // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
11851         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11852         EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true;
11853       }
11854     }
11855   }
11856 
11857   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
11858   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
11859   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
11860 
11861   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
11862   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
11863     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
11864 
11865   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
11866   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11867     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
11868 
11869     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
11870     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
11871       Name = nullptr;
11872       goto CreateNewDecl;
11873     }
11874 
11875     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
11876     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
11877     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11878       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
11879       if (!DC) {
11880         IsDependent = true;
11881         return nullptr;
11882       }
11883     } else {
11884       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
11885       if (!DC) {
11886         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
11887           << SS.getRange();
11888         return nullptr;
11889       }
11890     }
11891 
11892     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
11893       return nullptr;
11894 
11895     SearchDC = DC;
11896     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
11897     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
11898 
11899     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11900       return nullptr;
11901 
11902     if (Previous.empty()) {
11903       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
11904       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
11905       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
11906       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
11907       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
11908       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
11909       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
11910           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11911         IsDependent = true;
11912         return nullptr;
11913       }
11914 
11915       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
11916       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
11917         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
11918       Name = nullptr;
11919       Invalid = true;
11920       goto CreateNewDecl;
11921     }
11922   } else if (Name) {
11923     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
11924     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
11925     //   name different from T:
11926     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
11927     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
11928         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
11929       return nullptr;
11930 
11931     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
11932     // declaration or definition.
11933     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
11934     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
11935     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
11936     LookupName(Previous, S);
11937 
11938     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
11939     // by types using'ed into this scope.
11940     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
11941         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
11942       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11943       while (F.hasNext()) {
11944         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11945         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
11946           F.erase();
11947       }
11948       F.done();
11949     }
11950 
11951     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
11952     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
11953     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
11954     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
11955     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
11956     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
11957     //
11958     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
11959     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
11960     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
11961     //
11962     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
11963     // semantic context?
11964     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11965       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11966       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11967       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
11968       while (F.hasNext()) {
11969         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11970         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11971         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
11972             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
11973           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11974             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
11975           else
11976             F.erase();
11977         }
11978       }
11979       F.done();
11980 
11981       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11982       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11983       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11984         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11985         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11986             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11987       }
11988     }
11989 
11990     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11991     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11992       return nullptr;
11993 
11994     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11995       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11996       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11997       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11998       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11999       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
12000         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
12001     }
12002   }
12003 
12004   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
12005       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
12006     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12007     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
12008     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12009     Previous.clear();
12010   }
12011 
12012   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
12013       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
12014     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
12015     isStdBadAlloc = true;
12016 
12017     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
12018       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
12019       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
12020       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
12021       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
12022     }
12023   }
12024 
12025   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
12026   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
12027   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
12028   // there's a shadow friend decl.
12029   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
12030       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
12031     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
12032     assert(SS.isEmpty());
12033 
12034     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
12035       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
12036       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
12037       //
12038       //          class-key identifier
12039       //
12040       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
12041       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
12042       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
12043       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
12044       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
12045       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
12046       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
12047       //      declaration.
12048       //
12049       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
12050       // C structs and unions.
12051       //
12052       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
12053       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
12054       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
12055       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
12056       //
12057       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
12058       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
12059       //
12060       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
12061       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
12062       // lexical context,
12063       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
12064         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
12065 
12066       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
12067       while (S->isClassScope() ||
12068              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12069               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
12070              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
12071              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
12072         S = S->getParent();
12073     } else {
12074       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
12075       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
12076       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
12077       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
12078       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
12079       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
12080     }
12081 
12082     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
12083     // diagnose some problems.
12084     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12085       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
12086       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
12087     }
12088   }
12089 
12090   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
12091   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
12092     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
12093 
12094   if (!Previous.empty()) {
12095     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
12096     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12097 
12098     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
12099     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
12100     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
12101     // in C++.
12102     //
12103     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
12104     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
12105     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
12106     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
12107     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12108       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12109         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
12110           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
12111           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
12112               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
12113                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
12114             PrevDecl = Tag;
12115             Previous.clear();
12116             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
12117             Previous.resolveKind();
12118           }
12119         }
12120       }
12121     }
12122 
12123     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
12124     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
12125     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
12126     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
12127       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
12128       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
12129           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) &&
12130           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
12131                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
12132         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
12133         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
12134              diag::note_using_decl_target);
12135         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
12136             << 0;
12137         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
12138         Previous.clear();
12139         goto CreateNewDecl;
12140       }
12141     }
12142 
12143     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12144       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
12145       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
12146       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
12147       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
12148           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
12149                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
12150         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
12151         // struct or something similar.
12152         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
12153                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
12154                                           Name)) {
12155           bool SafeToContinue
12156             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
12157                Kind != TTK_Enum);
12158           if (SafeToContinue)
12159             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
12160               << Name
12161               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
12162                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
12163           else
12164             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
12165           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
12166 
12167           if (SafeToContinue)
12168             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
12169           else {
12170             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
12171             Name = nullptr;
12172             Previous.clear();
12173             Invalid = true;
12174           }
12175         }
12176 
12177         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
12178           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
12179 
12180           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
12181           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
12182           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12183             if (ScopedEnum)
12184               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
12185                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
12186                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
12187             return PrevTagDecl;
12188           }
12189 
12190           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
12191           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
12192             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
12193           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
12194             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
12195 
12196           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
12197           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
12198           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
12199           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
12200                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy,
12201                                      EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum))
12202             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
12203         }
12204 
12205         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
12206         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
12207         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
12208         //   and then later defined.
12209         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
12210             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
12211           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
12212           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12213         }
12214 
12215         if (!Invalid) {
12216           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
12217           // we have attributes.
12218 
12219           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
12220           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
12221           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
12222           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
12223           if (!Attr &&
12224               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
12225                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
12226                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
12227             return PrevTagDecl;
12228 
12229           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
12230           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12231             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
12232               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
12233               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
12234               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
12235               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
12236               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
12237                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
12238                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
12239                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
12240                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
12241                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
12242                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
12243                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
12244                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
12245               }
12246 
12247               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
12248               if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12249                   !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
12250                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
12251                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
12252                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
12253                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
12254                 // use it in place of this one.
12255                 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
12256                 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc);
12257                 return Def;
12258               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
12259                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
12260                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
12261                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
12262                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
12263                 else
12264                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
12265                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12266                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
12267                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
12268                 // references get the previous definition.
12269                 Name = nullptr;
12270                 Previous.clear();
12271                 Invalid = true;
12272               }
12273             } else {
12274               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
12275               // about a nested redefinition.
12276               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
12277               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
12278                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
12279                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
12280                      diag::note_previous_definition);
12281                 Name = nullptr;
12282                 Previous.clear();
12283                 Invalid = true;
12284               }
12285             }
12286 
12287             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
12288             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
12289           }
12290 
12291           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
12292           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
12293           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
12294           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
12295             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
12296             AS = AS_none;
12297           }
12298         }
12299         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
12300         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
12301 
12302       } else {
12303         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
12304         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
12305         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
12306         // have distinct types.
12307         Previous.clear();
12308       }
12309       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
12310       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
12311       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
12312 
12313 
12314     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
12315     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
12316     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
12317     } else {
12318       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
12319       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
12320       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
12321       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
12322           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
12323         unsigned Kind = 0;
12324         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12325         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
12326         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
12327         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
12328         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
12329         Invalid = true;
12330 
12331       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
12332       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
12333                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
12334         // do nothing
12335 
12336       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
12337       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12338         unsigned Kind = 0;
12339         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12340         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
12341         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
12342         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
12343         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
12344         Invalid = true;
12345 
12346       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
12347       // case here.
12348       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12349         unsigned Kind = 0;
12350         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12351         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
12352           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
12353         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
12354         Invalid = true;
12355 
12356       // Otherwise, diagnose.
12357       } else {
12358         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
12359         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
12360         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
12361         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12362         Name = nullptr;
12363         Invalid = true;
12364       }
12365 
12366       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
12367       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
12368       Previous.clear();
12369     }
12370   }
12371 
12372 CreateNewDecl:
12373 
12374   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12375   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
12376     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
12377 
12378   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
12379   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
12380   // keyword.
12381   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
12382 
12383   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
12384   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
12385   // PrevDecl.
12386   TagDecl *New;
12387 
12388   bool IsForwardReference = false;
12389   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
12390     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
12391     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
12392     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12393                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
12394                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
12395     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
12396     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
12397       TagDecl *Def;
12398       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
12399           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
12400         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
12401         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
12402       }
12403       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
12404         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
12405           << New;
12406         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12407       } else {
12408         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
12409         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
12410           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
12411         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12412           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
12413         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
12414 
12415         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
12416         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
12417         // the declaration context.
12418         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
12419           IsForwardReference = true;
12420       }
12421     }
12422 
12423     if (EnumUnderlying) {
12424       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
12425       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
12426         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
12427       else
12428         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
12429       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
12430     }
12431 
12432   } else {
12433     // struct/union/class
12434 
12435     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
12436     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
12437     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12438       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
12439       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12440                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
12441 
12442       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
12443         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
12444     } else
12445       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12446                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
12447   }
12448 
12449   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
12450   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
12451   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12452     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
12453       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
12454     Invalid = true;
12455   }
12456 
12457   // Maybe add qualifier info.
12458   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
12459     if (SS.isSet()) {
12460       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
12461       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
12462       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
12463       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
12464       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
12465       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
12466           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
12467           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc))
12468         Invalid = true;
12469 
12470       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
12471       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
12472         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
12473       }
12474     }
12475     else
12476       Invalid = true;
12477   }
12478 
12479   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
12480     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
12481     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
12482     //
12483     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
12484     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
12485     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
12486     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
12487     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
12488     // parsing of the struct).
12489     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12490       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
12491       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
12492     }
12493   }
12494 
12495   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
12496     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
12497       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
12498         << 2
12499         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
12500     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
12501     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
12502     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
12503     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
12504       New->setModulePrivate();
12505   }
12506 
12507   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
12508   // check the specialization.
12509   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
12510     Invalid = true;
12511 
12512   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
12513   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
12514   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
12515   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
12516       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
12517     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12518       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
12519       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
12520       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
12521         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
12522             << Name;
12523         Invalid = true;
12524       }
12525     } else {
12526       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
12527     }
12528     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
12529   }
12530 
12531   if (Invalid)
12532     New->setInvalidDecl();
12533 
12534   if (Attr)
12535     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12536 
12537   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
12538   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
12539   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
12540 
12541   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
12542   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
12543   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
12544   // the tag name visible.
12545   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
12546     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
12547 
12548   // Set the access specifier.
12549   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
12550     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
12551 
12552   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
12553     New->startDefinition();
12554 
12555   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
12556   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12557     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
12558     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
12559     if (PrevDecl)
12560       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
12561 
12562     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12563     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12564     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
12565       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
12566         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
12567   } else if (Name) {
12568     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12569     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
12570     if (IsForwardReference)
12571       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12572 
12573   } else {
12574     CurContext->addDecl(New);
12575   }
12576 
12577   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
12578   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
12579     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
12580         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
12581         II->isStr("FILE"))
12582       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
12583 
12584   if (PrevDecl)
12585     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
12586 
12587   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12588   // record.
12589   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
12590 
12591   OwnedDecl = true;
12592   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
12593   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
12594   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
12595 }
12596 
12597 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12598   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12599   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12600 
12601   // Enter the tag context.
12602   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
12603 
12604   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
12605 
12606   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12607   // record.
12608   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
12609 }
12610 
12611 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
12612   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
12613          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
12614   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
12615   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
12616       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
12617   CurContext = OCD;
12618   return IDecl;
12619 }
12620 
12621 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12622                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
12623                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
12624                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
12625   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12626   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
12627 
12628   FieldCollector->StartClass();
12629 
12630   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
12631     return;
12632 
12633   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
12634     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
12635                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
12636 
12637   // C++ [class]p2:
12638   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
12639   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
12640   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
12641   //   as if it were a public member name.
12642   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
12643     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
12644                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
12645                             Record->getIdentifier(),
12646                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
12647                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
12648   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
12649   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
12650   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
12651   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
12652       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
12653   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
12654   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
12655          "Broken injected-class-name");
12656 }
12657 
12658 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12659                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
12660   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12661   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12662   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
12663 
12664   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12665   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12666     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
12667     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12668       RD->completeDefinition();
12669   }
12670 
12671   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
12672     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
12673 
12674   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
12675   PopDeclContext();
12676 
12677   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
12678       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
12679     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
12680 
12681   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
12682   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
12683     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
12684 }
12685 
12686 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
12687   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
12688   PopDeclContext();
12689 }
12690 
12691 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12692   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
12693   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
12694   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
12695 }
12696 
12697 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12698   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
12699   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
12700 }
12701 
12702 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12703   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12704   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12705   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
12706 
12707   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12708   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12709     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12710       RD->completeDefinition();
12711   }
12712 
12713   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
12714   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
12715   // the FieldCollector.
12716 
12717   PopDeclContext();
12718 }
12719 
12720 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
12721 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
12722                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
12723                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
12724                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
12725   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
12726   if (ZeroWidth)
12727     *ZeroWidth = true;
12728 
12729   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
12730   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
12731   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12732     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
12733     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
12734       return ExprError();
12735     if (FieldName)
12736       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
12737         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12738     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
12739       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12740   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
12741                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
12742     return ExprError();
12743 
12744   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
12745   // it now.
12746   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
12747     return BitWidth;
12748 
12749   llvm::APSInt Value;
12750   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
12751   if (ICE.isInvalid())
12752     return ICE;
12753   BitWidth = ICE.get();
12754 
12755   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
12756     *ZeroWidth = false;
12757 
12758   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
12759   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
12760     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
12761 
12762   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
12763     if (FieldName)
12764       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12765                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
12766     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12767       << Value.toString(10);
12768   }
12769 
12770   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
12771     uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
12772     uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy);
12773     bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth);
12774 
12775     // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield
12776     // ABI.
12777     bool CStdConstraintViolation =
12778         BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
12779     bool MSBitfieldViolation =
12780         Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) &&
12781         (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft());
12782     if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) {
12783       unsigned DiagWidth =
12784           CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize;
12785       if (FieldName)
12786         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
12787                << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12788                << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth;
12789 
12790       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
12791              << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation
12792              << DiagWidth;
12793     }
12794 
12795     // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all
12796     // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than
12797     // 'bool'.
12798     if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) {
12799       if (FieldName)
12800         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
12801             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12802             << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
12803       else
12804         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
12805             << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
12806     }
12807   }
12808 
12809   return BitWidth;
12810 }
12811 
12812 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
12813 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
12814 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
12815                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
12816   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
12817                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
12818                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
12819   return Res;
12820 }
12821 
12822 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
12823 ///
12824 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
12825                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
12826                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
12827                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12828                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
12829   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12830   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12831   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12832 
12833   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12834   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12835   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12836     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
12837 
12838     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
12839                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
12840       D.setInvalidType();
12841       T = Context.IntTy;
12842       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
12843     }
12844   }
12845 
12846   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
12847   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
12848     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
12849     D.setInvalidType();
12850   }
12851 
12852   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
12853   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
12854   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
12855     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
12856     D.setInvalidType();
12857   }
12858 
12859   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
12860 
12861   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
12862     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
12863          diag::err_invalid_thread)
12864       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
12865 
12866   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
12867   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12868   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
12869   LookupName(Previous, S);
12870   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
12871     case LookupResult::Found:
12872     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
12873       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
12874       break;
12875 
12876     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
12877       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12878       break;
12879 
12880     case LookupResult::NotFound:
12881     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
12882     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
12883       break;
12884   }
12885   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
12886 
12887   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12888     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12889     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
12890     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12891     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12892   }
12893 
12894   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
12895     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12896 
12897   bool Mutable
12898     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
12899   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
12900   FieldDecl *NewFD
12901     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
12902                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
12903 
12904   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
12905     Record->setInvalidDecl();
12906 
12907   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12908     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
12909 
12910   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
12911     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
12912     // with the same name in the same scope.
12913   } else if (II) {
12914     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
12915   } else
12916     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
12917 
12918   return NewFD;
12919 }
12920 
12921 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
12922 ///
12923 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
12924 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
12925 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
12926 /// created.
12927 ///
12928 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
12929 ///
12930 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
12931 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
12932                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12933                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
12934                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
12935                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12936                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
12937                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
12938                                 Declarator *D) {
12939   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
12940   bool InvalidDecl = false;
12941   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
12942 
12943   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
12944   // marking this declaration as invalid.
12945   if (T.isNull()) {
12946     InvalidDecl = true;
12947     T = Context.IntTy;
12948   }
12949 
12950   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
12951   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12952     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12953       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
12954       Record->setInvalidDecl();
12955       InvalidDecl = true;
12956     } else {
12957       NamedDecl *Def;
12958       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
12959       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
12960         Record->setInvalidDecl();
12961         InvalidDecl = true;
12962       }
12963     }
12964   }
12965 
12966   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
12967   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12968     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
12969     InvalidDecl = true;
12970   }
12971 
12972   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12973   // than a variably modified type.
12974   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12975     bool SizeIsNegative;
12976     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
12977 
12978     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
12979       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
12980                                                     SizeIsNegative,
12981                                                     Oversized);
12982     if (FixedTInfo) {
12983       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
12984       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
12985       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
12986     } else {
12987       if (SizeIsNegative)
12988         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
12989       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
12990         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
12991           << Oversized.toString(10);
12992       else
12993         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
12994       InvalidDecl = true;
12995     }
12996   }
12997 
12998   // Fields can not have abstract class types
12999   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
13000                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13001                                              AbstractFieldType))
13002     InvalidDecl = true;
13003 
13004   bool ZeroWidth = false;
13005   if (InvalidDecl)
13006     BitWidth = nullptr;
13007   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
13008   if (BitWidth) {
13009     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
13010                               &ZeroWidth).get();
13011     if (!BitWidth) {
13012       InvalidDecl = true;
13013       BitWidth = nullptr;
13014       ZeroWidth = false;
13015     }
13016   }
13017 
13018   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
13019   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
13020     unsigned DiagID = 0;
13021     if (T->isReferenceType())
13022       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
13023                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
13024     else if (T.isConstQualified())
13025       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
13026 
13027     if (DiagID) {
13028       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
13029       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
13030         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
13031       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
13032       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
13033         Mutable = false;
13034         InvalidDecl = true;
13035       }
13036     }
13037   }
13038 
13039   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
13040   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
13041   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
13042   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
13043     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
13044 
13045   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
13046                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
13047   if (InvalidDecl)
13048     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13049 
13050   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13051     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
13052     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13053     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13054   }
13055 
13056   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13057     if (Record->isUnion()) {
13058       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13059         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
13060         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
13061           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
13062           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
13063           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
13064           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
13065           // objects.
13066           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
13067             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13068         }
13069       }
13070 
13071       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
13072       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
13073       // enabled.
13074       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
13075         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
13076                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
13077                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
13078           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
13079         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
13080           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13081       }
13082     }
13083   }
13084 
13085   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
13086   // representation, not a parser representation.
13087   if (D) {
13088     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
13089     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
13090 
13091     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
13092       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
13093   }
13094 
13095   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
13096   // retainable type.
13097   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
13098     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13099 
13100   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
13101     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
13102 
13103   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
13104   return NewFD;
13105 }
13106 
13107 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
13108   assert(FD);
13109   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
13110 
13111   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
13112     return false;
13113 
13114   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13115   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13116     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
13117     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
13118       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
13119       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
13120       // copy constructors.
13121 
13122       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
13123       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
13124       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
13125       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
13126       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
13127       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
13128       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
13129         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
13130       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
13131         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
13132       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
13133         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
13134       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
13135         member = CXXDestructor;
13136 
13137       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
13138         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
13139             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
13140           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
13141           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
13142           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
13143           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
13144           // members unavailable.
13145           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
13146           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
13147             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
13148               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
13149                             UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc));
13150             return false;
13151           }
13152         }
13153 
13154         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
13155                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
13156                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
13157           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
13158         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
13159         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
13160       }
13161     }
13162   }
13163 
13164   return false;
13165 }
13166 
13167 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
13168 ///  AST enum value.
13169 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
13170 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
13171   switch (ivarVisibility) {
13172   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
13173   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
13174   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
13175   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
13176   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
13177   }
13178 }
13179 
13180 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
13181 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
13182 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
13183                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
13184                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
13185                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
13186 
13187   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
13188   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
13189   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
13190   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
13191 
13192   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
13193   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
13194 
13195   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
13196   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
13197 
13198   if (BitWidth) {
13199     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
13200     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
13201     if (!BitWidth)
13202       D.setInvalidType();
13203   } else {
13204     // Not a bitfield.
13205 
13206     // validate II.
13207 
13208   }
13209   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
13210     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
13211     D.setInvalidType();
13212   }
13213   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
13214   // than a variably modified type.
13215   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
13216     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
13217     D.setInvalidType();
13218   }
13219 
13220   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
13221   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
13222     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
13223                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
13224   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
13225   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
13226   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
13227     return nullptr;
13228   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
13229   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
13230       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13231     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
13232     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
13233       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
13234       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
13235     }
13236     else
13237       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
13238   } else {
13239     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
13240         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13241       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
13242         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
13243         return nullptr;
13244       }
13245     }
13246     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
13247   }
13248 
13249   // Construct the decl.
13250   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
13251                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
13252                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
13253 
13254   if (II) {
13255     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
13256                                            ForRedeclaration);
13257     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
13258         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13259       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
13260       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13261       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
13262     }
13263   }
13264 
13265   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
13266   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
13267 
13268   if (D.isInvalidType())
13269     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
13270 
13271   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
13272   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
13273     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
13274 
13275   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
13276     NewID->setModulePrivate();
13277 
13278   if (II) {
13279     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
13280     // these to the interface.
13281     S->AddDecl(NewID);
13282     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
13283   }
13284 
13285   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
13286       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
13287     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
13288 
13289   return NewID;
13290 }
13291 
13292 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
13293 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
13294 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
13295 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
13296 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
13297                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
13298   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
13299     return;
13300 
13301   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
13302   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
13303 
13304   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
13305     return;
13306   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
13307   if (!ID) {
13308     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
13309       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
13310         return;
13311     }
13312     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
13313     else
13314       return;
13315   }
13316   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
13317   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
13318   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
13319 
13320   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
13321                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
13322                               Context.CharTy,
13323                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
13324                                                                DeclLoc),
13325                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
13326                               true);
13327   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
13328 }
13329 
13330 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
13331                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
13332                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
13333   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
13334 
13335   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
13336   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
13337   // it will now change.
13338   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13339     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
13340     switch (DC->getKind()) {
13341     default: break;
13342     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
13343       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
13344       break;
13345     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
13346       Context.
13347         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
13348       break;
13349     }
13350   }
13351 
13352   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
13353 
13354   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
13355   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
13356   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
13357   if (Record) {
13358     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
13359       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
13360         if (IFD->getDeclName())
13361           ++NumNamedMembers;
13362     }
13363   }
13364 
13365   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
13366   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
13367 
13368   bool ARCErrReported = false;
13369   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
13370        i != end; ++i) {
13371     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
13372 
13373     // Get the type for the field.
13374     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
13375 
13376     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
13377       // Remember all fields written by the user.
13378       RecFields.push_back(FD);
13379     }
13380 
13381     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
13382     // diagnostics about it.
13383     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
13384       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13385       continue;
13386     }
13387 
13388     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
13389     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
13390     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
13391     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
13392     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
13393     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
13394     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
13395     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
13396     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
13397     //   array.
13398     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
13399       // Field declared as a function.
13400       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
13401         << FD->getDeclName();
13402       FD->setInvalidDecl();
13403       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13404       continue;
13405     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
13406                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
13407                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
13408                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
13409                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
13410       // Flexible array member.
13411       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
13412       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
13413       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
13414       unsigned DiagID = 0;
13415       if (Record->isUnion())
13416         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
13417                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
13418                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
13419                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
13420                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
13421       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
13422         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
13423                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
13424                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
13425                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
13426                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
13427                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
13428                                  : 0;
13429 
13430       if (DiagID)
13431         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
13432                                         << Record->getTagKind();
13433       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
13434       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
13435       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
13436       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
13437       // of the type.
13438       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
13439         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
13440           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
13441             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
13442       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
13443         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
13444           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
13445 
13446       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
13447       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
13448       //
13449       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
13450       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
13451       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13452       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
13453         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
13454           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
13455         FD->setInvalidDecl();
13456         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13457         continue;
13458       }
13459       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
13460       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
13461     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
13462                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
13463                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
13464       // Incomplete type
13465       FD->setInvalidDecl();
13466       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13467       continue;
13468     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13469       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
13470         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
13471         // flexible array member.
13472         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
13473         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
13474           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
13475           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
13476           // structures.
13477           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
13478             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
13479               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
13480           else {
13481             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
13482             // other structs as an extension.
13483             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
13484               << FD->getDeclName();
13485           }
13486         }
13487       }
13488       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
13489           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
13490                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13491                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
13492         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
13493         FD->setInvalidDecl();
13494       }
13495       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
13496         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13497       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
13498         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
13499     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
13500       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
13501       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
13502         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
13503       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
13504       FD->setType(T);
13505     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
13506                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
13507       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
13508       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
13509       // so we just make the field unavailable.
13510       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
13511       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
13512       QualType T = FD->getType();
13513       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
13514       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
13515         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
13516         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
13517           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
13518             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
13519                           UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc));
13520           }
13521         } else {
13522           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
13523             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
13524         }
13525         ARCErrReported = true;
13526       }
13527     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
13528                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
13529                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
13530       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13531           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
13532         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13533       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
13534         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13535         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
13536             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
13537           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13538         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13539                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
13540                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13541       }
13542     }
13543     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
13544       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
13545     // Keep track of the number of named members.
13546     if (FD->getIdentifier())
13547       ++NumNamedMembers;
13548   }
13549 
13550   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
13551   if (Record) {
13552     bool Completed = false;
13553     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
13554       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
13555         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
13556         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
13557                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
13558                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
13559           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
13560 
13561         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
13562           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
13563             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
13564             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
13565               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
13566                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
13567           }
13568 
13569           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
13570           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
13571 
13572           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
13573           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
13574           // problem now.
13575           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
13576             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
13577             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
13578 
13579             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
13580                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
13581                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
13582               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
13583                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
13584                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
13585                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
13586                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
13587                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
13588                   continue;
13589 
13590                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
13591                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
13592                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
13593                 //   program is ill-formed.
13594                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
13595                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
13596                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
13597                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
13598                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
13599                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
13600                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
13601                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
13602                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
13603                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
13604 
13605                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
13606               }
13607             }
13608             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
13609             Completed = true;
13610           }
13611         }
13612       }
13613     }
13614 
13615     if (!Completed)
13616       Record->completeDefinition();
13617 
13618     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
13619       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
13620 
13621       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
13622         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
13623                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
13624                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
13625     }
13626 
13627     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
13628     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
13629     // compatibility problems.
13630     bool CheckForZeroSize;
13631     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13632       CheckForZeroSize = true;
13633     } else {
13634       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
13635       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
13636       CheckForZeroSize =
13637           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
13638           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
13639           CXXRecord->isCLike();
13640     }
13641     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
13642       bool ZeroSize = true;
13643       bool IsEmpty = true;
13644       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
13645       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
13646                                       E = Record->field_end();
13647            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
13648         IsEmpty = false;
13649         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
13650           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
13651             ZeroSize = false;
13652         } else {
13653           ++NonBitFields;
13654           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
13655           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
13656               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
13657             ZeroSize = false;
13658         }
13659       }
13660 
13661       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
13662       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
13663       // extern "C" block.
13664       if (ZeroSize) {
13665         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
13666                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
13667                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
13668           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
13669       }
13670 
13671       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
13672       // but are accepted by GCC.
13673       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13674         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
13675                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
13676           << Record->isUnion();
13677       }
13678     }
13679   } else {
13680     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
13681       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
13682     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13683       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
13684       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
13685       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13686         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
13687         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13688       }
13689       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
13690       // duplicates.
13691       if (ID->getSuperClass())
13692         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
13693     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
13694                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13695       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
13696       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
13697         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
13698         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
13699         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
13700       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
13701       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13702       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13703     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
13704                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13705       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
13706       // reported as errors elsewhere.
13707       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
13708       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
13709       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
13710       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
13711       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
13712       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13713         if (IDecl) {
13714           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
13715               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13716             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13717                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13718             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13719             continue;
13720           }
13721           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
13722             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
13723                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13724               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13725                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13726               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13727               continue;
13728             }
13729           }
13730         }
13731         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
13732         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13733       }
13734       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13735       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13736     }
13737   }
13738 
13739   if (Attr)
13740     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
13741 }
13742 
13743 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
13744 /// the given type T.
13745 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
13746                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
13747                                         QualType T) {
13748   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13749   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
13750 
13751   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
13752     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
13753       --BitWidth;
13754     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
13755   }
13756   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
13757 }
13758 
13759 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
13760 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
13761 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
13762   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
13763   // enum checking below.
13764   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13765   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
13766   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13767     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
13768   };
13769   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13770     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
13771     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
13772   };
13773 
13774   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
13775   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
13776                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
13777   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
13778     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
13779       return Types[I];
13780 
13781   return QualType();
13782 }
13783 
13784 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
13785                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
13786                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
13787                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
13788                                           Expr *Val) {
13789   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13790   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
13791   QualType EltTy;
13792 
13793   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
13794     Val = nullptr;
13795 
13796   if (Val)
13797     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
13798 
13799   if (Val) {
13800     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
13801       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13802     else {
13803       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
13804       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
13805           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13806         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
13807         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
13808         // constant expression of the underlying type.
13809         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13810         ExprResult Converted =
13811           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
13812                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
13813         if (Converted.isInvalid())
13814           Val = nullptr;
13815         else
13816           Val = Converted.get();
13817       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
13818                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
13819                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
13820         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
13821       } else {
13822         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13823           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13824 
13825           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
13826           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
13827           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
13828           // expression checking.
13829           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13830             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13831               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13832               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13833             } else
13834               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13835           } else
13836             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13837         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13838           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
13839           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13840           //   is the type of its initializing value:
13841           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
13842           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
13843           EltTy = Val->getType();
13844         } else {
13845           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
13846           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
13847           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
13848           //   representable as an int.
13849 
13850           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
13851           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
13852             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13853               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
13854               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
13855           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
13856             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
13857             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13858           }
13859           EltTy = Val->getType();
13860         }
13861       }
13862     }
13863   }
13864 
13865   if (!Val) {
13866     if (Enum->isDependentType())
13867       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13868     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
13869       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13870       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13871       //   is the type of its initializing value:
13872       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
13873       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
13874       //
13875       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
13876       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
13877       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13878         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13879       }
13880       else {
13881         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
13882       }
13883     } else {
13884       // Assign the last value + 1.
13885       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13886       ++EnumVal;
13887       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
13888 
13889       // Check for overflow on increment.
13890       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
13891         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13892         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13893         //   is the type of its initializing value:
13894         //
13895         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
13896         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
13897         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
13898         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
13899         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
13900         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
13901         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
13902         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
13903           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
13904           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
13905           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13906           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
13907           ++EnumVal;
13908           if (Enum->isFixed())
13909             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
13910             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
13911               << EnumVal.toString(10)
13912               << EltTy;
13913           else
13914             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
13915               << EnumVal.toString(10);
13916         } else {
13917           EltTy = T;
13918         }
13919 
13920         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
13921         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
13922         // value, then increment.
13923         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13924         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13925         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13926         ++EnumVal;
13927 
13928         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
13929         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
13930         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
13931         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
13932         // integral type.
13933         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
13934           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
13935       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13936                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13937         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
13938         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13939           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
13940       }
13941     }
13942   }
13943 
13944   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
13945     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
13946     // enumerator's type.
13947     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13948     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13949   }
13950 
13951   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
13952                                   Val, EnumVal);
13953 }
13954 
13955 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
13956                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
13957   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
13958       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13959     return SkipBodyInfo();
13960 
13961   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
13962   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
13963   // skip the body.
13964   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13965                                          ForRedeclaration);
13966   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
13967   if (!PrevECD)
13968     return SkipBodyInfo();
13969 
13970   EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext());
13971   NamedDecl *Hidden;
13972   if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) {
13973     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
13974     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
13975     return Skip;
13976   }
13977 
13978   return SkipBodyInfo();
13979 }
13980 
13981 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
13982                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
13983                               AttributeList *Attr,
13984                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
13985   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
13986   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
13987     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
13988 
13989   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
13990   // we find one that is.
13991   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13992 
13993   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
13994   // scope.
13995   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13996                                          ForRedeclaration);
13997   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13998     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13999     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
14000     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
14001     PrevDecl = nullptr;
14002   }
14003 
14004   if (PrevDecl) {
14005     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
14006     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
14007     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
14008            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
14009     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
14010       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
14011         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
14012       else
14013         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
14014       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
14015       return nullptr;
14016     }
14017   }
14018 
14019   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
14020   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
14021   // different from T:
14022   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
14023   // enumerated type
14024   if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
14025     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
14026                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
14027 
14028   EnumConstantDecl *New =
14029     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
14030 
14031   if (New) {
14032     // Process attributes.
14033     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
14034 
14035     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
14036     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
14037     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
14038   }
14039 
14040   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
14041 
14042   return New;
14043 }
14044 
14045 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
14046 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
14047 // Element2 = Element1
14048 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
14049 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
14050 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
14051 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
14052   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
14053   if (!InitExpr)
14054     return true;
14055   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
14056 
14057   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
14058     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
14059       return true;
14060     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
14061     if (!IL)
14062       return true;
14063     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
14064       return true;
14065 
14066     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
14067   }
14068 
14069   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
14070   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
14071   if (!DRE)
14072     return true;
14073 
14074   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
14075   if (!EnumConstant)
14076     return true;
14077 
14078   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
14079       Enum)
14080     return true;
14081 
14082   return false;
14083 }
14084 
14085 namespace {
14086 struct DupKey {
14087   int64_t val;
14088   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
14089   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
14090     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
14091 };
14092 
14093 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
14094   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
14095                 false);
14096 }
14097 
14098 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
14099   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
14100   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
14101   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
14102     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
14103   }
14104   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
14105     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
14106            LHS.val == RHS.val;
14107   }
14108 };
14109 } // end anonymous namespace
14110 
14111 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
14112 // a previous element has already been set to.
14113 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
14114                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
14115                                         QualType EnumType) {
14116   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
14117     return;
14118   // Avoid anonymous enums
14119   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
14120     return;
14121 
14122   // Only check for small enums.
14123   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
14124     return;
14125 
14126   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
14127   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
14128 
14129   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
14130   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
14131           ValueToVectorMap;
14132 
14133   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
14134   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
14135 
14136   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
14137   // an initialier.
14138   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14139     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14140 
14141     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
14142     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
14143     if (!ECD) {
14144       return;
14145     }
14146 
14147     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
14148       continue;
14149 
14150     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
14151     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
14152 
14153     // First time encountering this value.
14154     if (Entry.isNull())
14155       Entry = ECD;
14156   }
14157 
14158   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
14159   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14160     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14161     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
14162       continue;
14163 
14164     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
14165 
14166     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
14167     if (Entry.isNull())
14168       continue;
14169 
14170     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
14171       // Ensure constants are different.
14172       if (D == ECD)
14173         continue;
14174 
14175       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
14176       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
14177       Vec->push_back(D);
14178       Vec->push_back(ECD);
14179 
14180       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
14181       Entry = Vec;
14182 
14183       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
14184       // diagnostics.
14185       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
14186       continue;
14187     }
14188 
14189     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
14190     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
14191     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
14192       continue;
14193 
14194     Vec->push_back(ECD);
14195   }
14196 
14197   // Emit diagnostics.
14198   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
14199                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
14200        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
14201     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
14202     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
14203 
14204     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
14205     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
14206     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
14207       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
14208       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
14209     ++I;
14210 
14211     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
14212     // the same value.
14213     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
14214       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
14215         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
14216         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
14217     delete Vec;
14218   }
14219 }
14220 
14221 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
14222                              bool AllowMask) const {
14223   assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum");
14224   assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition");
14225 
14226   auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt()));
14227   llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second;
14228 
14229   if (R.second) {
14230     for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) {
14231       const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal();
14232       // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values.
14233       if (EVal.isPowerOf2())
14234         FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal;
14235     }
14236   }
14237 
14238   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
14239   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
14240   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
14241   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
14242   //
14243   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
14244   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
14245   // likely a logic error.
14246   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth());
14247   return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val));
14248 }
14249 
14250 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
14251                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
14252                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
14253                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
14254   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
14255   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
14256 
14257   if (Attr)
14258     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
14259 
14260   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
14261     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14262       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
14263         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14264       if (!ECD) continue;
14265 
14266       ECD->setType(EnumType);
14267     }
14268 
14269     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
14270     return;
14271   }
14272 
14273   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
14274   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
14275   // emit a warning.
14276   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
14277   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
14278   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
14279 
14280   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
14281   // reverse the list.
14282   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
14283   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
14284 
14285   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
14286   bool AllElementsInt = true;
14287 
14288   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14289     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
14290       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14291     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14292 
14293     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14294 
14295     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
14296     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
14297       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
14298                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
14299     else
14300       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
14301                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
14302 
14303     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
14304     if (AllElementsInt)
14305       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
14306   }
14307 
14308   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
14309   QualType BestType;
14310   unsigned BestWidth;
14311 
14312   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
14313   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
14314   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
14315   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
14316   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
14317   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
14318   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
14319   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
14320   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
14321   QualType BestPromotionType;
14322 
14323   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
14324   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
14325   // enum definitions.
14326   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
14327     Packed = true;
14328 
14329   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
14330     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
14331     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
14332       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
14333     else
14334       BestPromotionType = BestType;
14335 
14336     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
14337   }
14338   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
14339     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
14340     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
14341     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
14342     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
14343       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
14344       BestWidth = CharWidth;
14345     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
14346                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
14347       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
14348       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
14349     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
14350       BestType = Context.IntTy;
14351       BestWidth = IntWidth;
14352     } else {
14353       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
14354 
14355       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
14356         BestType = Context.LongTy;
14357       } else {
14358         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
14359 
14360         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
14361           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
14362         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
14363       }
14364     }
14365     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
14366   } else {
14367     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
14368     // all of the enumerator values.
14369     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
14370     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
14371       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
14372       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
14373       BestWidth = CharWidth;
14374     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
14375       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
14376       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
14377       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
14378     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
14379       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
14380       BestWidth = IntWidth;
14381       BestPromotionType
14382         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14383                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
14384     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
14385                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
14386       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
14387       BestPromotionType
14388         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14389                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
14390     } else {
14391       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
14392       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
14393              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
14394       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
14395       BestPromotionType
14396         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14397                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
14398     }
14399   }
14400 
14401   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
14402   // the type of the enum if needed.
14403   for (auto *D : Elements) {
14404     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
14405     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14406 
14407     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
14408     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
14409     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
14410     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
14411     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
14412 
14413     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
14414     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14415 
14416     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
14417     // the enum decl type.
14418     QualType NewTy;
14419     unsigned NewWidth;
14420     bool NewSign;
14421     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14422         !Enum->isFixed() &&
14423         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
14424       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
14425       NewWidth = IntWidth;
14426       NewSign = true;
14427     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
14428       // Already the right type!
14429       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14430         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
14431         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
14432         // enumeration.
14433         ECD->setType(EnumType);
14434       continue;
14435     } else {
14436       NewTy = BestType;
14437       NewWidth = BestWidth;
14438       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
14439     }
14440 
14441     // Adjust the APSInt value.
14442     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
14443     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
14444     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
14445 
14446     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
14447     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
14448         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
14449       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
14450                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
14451                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
14452                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
14453                                                 VK_RValue));
14454     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14455       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
14456       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
14457       // enumeration.
14458       ECD->setType(EnumType);
14459     else
14460       ECD->setType(NewTy);
14461   }
14462 
14463   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
14464                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
14465 
14466   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
14467 
14468   if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) {
14469     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
14470       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
14471       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14472 
14473       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14474       if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() &&
14475           !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
14476         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
14477           << ECD << Enum;
14478     }
14479   }
14480 
14481   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
14482   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
14483     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
14484 }
14485 
14486 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
14487                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
14488                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
14489   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
14490 
14491   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
14492                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
14493                                                    EndLoc);
14494   CurContext->addDecl(New);
14495   return New;
14496 }
14497 
14498 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
14499                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
14500                                      DeclContext *DC) {
14501   SourceLocation ExternCLoc;
14502 
14503   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
14504     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
14505     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
14506       if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid())
14507         ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart();
14508       break;
14509     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
14510       break;
14511     }
14512     DC = LSD->getParent();
14513   }
14514 
14515   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
14516     DC = DC->getParent();
14517 
14518   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
14519     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal)
14520         << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
14521     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
14522            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC;
14523   } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) {
14524     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c)
14525       << M->getFullModuleName();
14526     S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
14527   }
14528 }
14529 
14530 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) {
14531   return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext);
14532 }
14533 
14534 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
14535                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
14536                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
14537   Module *Mod =
14538       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
14539                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
14540   if (!Mod)
14541     return true;
14542 
14543   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc);
14544 
14545   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
14546 
14547   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
14548   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
14549   // silently ignoring the import.
14550   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
14551     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
14552         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
14553   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
14554     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
14555         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
14556 
14557   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
14558   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
14559   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
14560     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
14561     // We need the length to be consistent.
14562     if (!ModCheck)
14563       break;
14564     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
14565 
14566     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
14567   }
14568 
14569   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
14570                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
14571                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
14572                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
14573   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
14574   return Import;
14575 }
14576 
14577 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14578   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14579 
14580   // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes
14581   // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an
14582   // implementation detail of us building the module.
14583   //
14584   // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those?
14585   bool IsInModuleIncludes =
14586       TUKind == TU_Module &&
14587       getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc);
14588 
14589   // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an
14590   // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST.
14591   if (!IsInModuleIncludes) {
14592     TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
14593     ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
14594                                                      DirectiveLoc, Mod,
14595                                                      DirectiveLoc);
14596     TU->addDecl(ImportD);
14597     Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
14598   }
14599 
14600   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc);
14601   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14602 }
14603 
14604 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14605   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14606 
14607   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
14608     VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules));
14609   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14610 }
14611 
14612 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14613   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14614 
14615   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
14616     VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back());
14617     VisibleModulesStack.pop_back();
14618     VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14619   }
14620 }
14621 
14622 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
14623                                                       Module *Mod) {
14624   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
14625   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
14626     return;
14627 
14628   // Create the implicit import declaration.
14629   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
14630   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
14631                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
14632   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
14633   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
14634 
14635   // Make the module visible.
14636   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc);
14637   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc);
14638 }
14639 
14640 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14641                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14642                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14643                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
14644                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14645   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
14646                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
14647   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
14648       AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc);
14649 
14650   // If a declaration that:
14651   // 1) declares a function or a variable
14652   // 2) has external linkage
14653   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
14654   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
14655     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
14656       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
14657     else
14658       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
14659           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
14660   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
14661   } else
14662     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
14663 }
14664 
14665 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14666                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14667                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
14668   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
14669 
14670   if (PrevDecl) {
14671     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
14672   } else {
14673     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14674       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
14675         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
14676   }
14677 }
14678 
14679 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14680                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14681                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14682                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
14683                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14684   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
14685                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
14686   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
14687 
14688   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
14689     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
14690       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
14691         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
14692   } else {
14693     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14694       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
14695   }
14696 }
14697 
14698 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
14699   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
14700 }
14701 
14702 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
14703   const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
14704   if (!D)
14705     return AR_Available;
14706 
14707   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
14708   // both the availability of the method as well as the
14709   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
14710   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
14711   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
14712   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
14713     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
14714     if (R != AR_Available)
14715       return R;
14716     D = MD->getClassInterface();
14717   }
14718   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
14719   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
14720   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
14721             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
14722     D = ID->getClassInterface();
14723   }
14724   // Recover from user error.
14725   return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available;
14726 }
14727